<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292</id><updated>2012-01-27T05:17:33.073-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Guaraníme</title><subtitle type='html'>The podcast-blog combo &lt;br&gt;
pack for people who, &lt;br&gt;
against all reason,&lt;br&gt;
want to learn Guaraní.</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>19</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-3004097226144754</id><published>2010-09-06T05:47:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-09-06T05:50:37.140-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Correction on katu!</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-family:Calibri;"&gt;When katu is used after a verb or other phrase, it's used like the spanish "luego" which is so hard to explain in english. It's kind of like, "then," as in this conversation that I remembered from the beloved classic Wayne's World:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Garth: Fine, go!&lt;br /&gt;Wayne: I'm gone!&lt;br /&gt;Garth: Go *then*!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This would be in Guarani:&lt;br /&gt;Garth: Oima, eho!&lt;br /&gt;Wayne: Ahama!&lt;br /&gt;Garth: Eho *katu*!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Or when you thank someone from a store, they might say Nde katu. Don't try to literally translate it, it's just like an emphasis.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-3004097226144754?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/3004097226144754/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/09/correction-on-katu.html#comment-form' title='4 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/3004097226144754'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/3004097226144754'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/09/correction-on-katu.html' title='Correction on katu!'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><thr:total>4</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-8701049386198830092</id><published>2010-07-01T10:35:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2010-07-01T12:37:23.570-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 16: More Adjectives &amp; Pa</title><content type='html'>Today we’re going to continue with some good adjectives, these are going to be more about things than about people. But first, we’re going to start with a caboose that you will use a lot, especially with adjectives, and then we can practice it throughout the episode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;"&gt;-Pa &amp;amp; -Mba&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The caboose is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;-pa&lt;/span&gt;. It’s the root of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Opa&lt;/span&gt;, which means "all done" or "finished!" &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-Pa&lt;/span&gt; means everything, or totally, or completely, or finished. When you use it with an adjective, such as fatty, it can mean that something is completely that adjective. For example, “This cow is all fatty,” would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ko vaka ikyrapa&lt;/span&gt;. Or it can mean that a group of things are all something, such as: “They are all skinny.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ipirupa hikuái&lt;/span&gt;. Or, it can mean that you’ve done something completely, or just finished doing something, such as “They drank all my terere.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ho’upa che terere.&lt;/span&gt; Or, if you really want to put emphasis on it, you might combine pa with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ite&lt;/span&gt;. This is a combo you’ll hear a lot &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-paite&lt;/span&gt;. To say they totally drank everything, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ho’upaite!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You’ll also hear &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pa&lt;/span&gt; combined often with -&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ma&lt;/span&gt;, as in &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ohopáma&lt;/span&gt;, to mean, "Everyone left already."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-Pa&lt;/span&gt; changes with nasals to become&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; -mba&lt;/span&gt;. You may have heard me say a few episodes ago &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oĩmbama&lt;/span&gt;. That’s another version of that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oĩma&lt;/span&gt; we already learned, Which means like, "Ok, it’s ready." &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oĩmbama&lt;/span&gt; means, "Ok, everything’s all ready."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s do a mini practice of that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jakarupáma.&lt;/span&gt; We finished eating lunch already.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ajohéipama che ao.&lt;/span&gt; I washed all my clothes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mateo ho’upaite che terere.&lt;/span&gt; Matt drank all my terere.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oguahẽmbama. &lt;/span&gt;Everyone has arrived.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande soguepa. &lt;/span&gt;We’re all broke.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You are all fat. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pende kyrapa. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They’re all hungry already. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra ivare’apáma. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This road is completely totally muddy. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ko tape ivaipaite.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I remember everything now. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che mandu’apáma.&lt;/span&gt; (Technically, this should be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mandu'ambama,&lt;/span&gt; because of the nasal, but people just say it with pa)&lt;br /&gt;You’re all lazy. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pende kaiguepa. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You’ll remember that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pa&lt;/span&gt; is also the caboose which acts like a question mark. But you’ll hear the difference. When you’re using this kind of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pa&lt;/span&gt;, to mean totality, you’ll hear a strong accent on the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pa&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;OhoPA&lt;/span&gt;. Everyone went. But if it’s a question, the accent will stay on the root word. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ohópa&lt;/span&gt;? Did they go?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;More Adjectives&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;That’s just an overview, and now let’s learn some adjectives and practice that.&lt;br /&gt;Today we’re going to learn adjectives that will be used more with things. In any language, there are going to be a ton of adjectives. Long, short, big, small, gross, smelly, etc. We’ll only be able to cover 10 in this episode, but look below in the part labeled Extra Credit for a list of more.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first word for today is dirty, &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ky’a&lt;/span&gt;. I always confuse this with the word &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kyra&lt;/span&gt;, for fat. So to remember the difference, let’s pretend that the apostrophe in the middle of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ky’a&lt;/span&gt; is like a coffee stain, because &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ky’a&lt;/span&gt; is dirty. You’ll hear &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ky’a&lt;/span&gt; when people talk about their messy houses, their dirty clothes, or you might hear a mother yell at her children,&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Iky’apaite nde sapatu&lt;/span&gt;. “You’re shoes are completely filthy.” &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How would you say, “This cow is dirty.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ko vaka iky’a. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How would you ask someone if the guampa is dirty? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Iky’a piko la guampa.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How would you tell someone to wash the guampa that’s dirty? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ejohéi la guampa iky’ava. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What does this mean: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che atererese pero che guampa iky’a hína&lt;/span&gt;. “I want to drink terere but my guampa is dirty.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If we’ve got dirty then we’ve got to have clean. This one is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;potĩ&lt;/span&gt;, with a nasal i. Here’s a little lesson in why that nasal is important. I saw in my dictionary that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;poti&lt;/span&gt;, without the nasal, means excrement, or, when used as a verb, to defecate. Usually you just hear &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kaka&lt;/span&gt;, as in &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e okakata&lt;/span&gt;, but still. Anyway, how did we get on this topic? Just make sure you put that nasal on there! So if I just washed the guampa, and I want to say “It’s totally clean now,” I would say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ipotĩmbama. &lt;/span&gt;How about if you cleaned your table and you want to say, “The table’s clean now. Let’s eat lunch.”&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Ipotĩma la mesa, jakaru&lt;/span&gt;. The word clean should be easy to remember, because you already know the verb “to clean,” which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mopotĩ&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Potĩ&lt;/span&gt; is just the root of that word, the adjective that means clean. How would you say, “I finished cleaning all my shoes.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Amopotĩmba che sapatu&lt;/span&gt;. How would you say, “All my shoes are clean.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ipotĩmba che sapatu&lt;/span&gt;. With the chendale, because clean is an adjective.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another good one is fast, which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;pya’e&lt;/span&gt;. My host mom is always yelling at the kids to do their chores, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pya’eke!&lt;/span&gt;, using &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pya’e&lt;/span&gt; with that command exclamation point &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-ke&lt;/span&gt;. It’s technically &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde pya’éke!&lt;/span&gt; But it just comes out &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pya’éke! &lt;/span&gt;How would you say, "My motorcycle is fast", using the word moto for motorcycle, like they do in Paraguay? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che moto ipya’e.&lt;/span&gt; How would you say, My moto is the fastest? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che moto la ipya’evéva. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;Tuicha&lt;/span&gt; means big. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Tuichaiterei&lt;/span&gt; means too big or really big. “My head is too big” would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che akã ituichaiterei.&lt;/span&gt;  Sometimes this can be used to say someone is pregnant. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e ituicha&lt;/span&gt; could be “She’s pregant,” so &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;cháke!&lt;/span&gt; You might also hear this as a synonym for “a lot” or “very”. People will say it rained &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;tuicha,&lt;/span&gt; “rained a lot” or that someone was&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; tuicha oka’u&lt;/span&gt;, “very” drunk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now let’s talk about the opposite of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;tuicha&lt;/span&gt;, big, which would be small. Here we have to back track a second, because I have something to tell you. Some adjectives don’t ever put the i in front of them, like to say, He is small. Small is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;michĩ&lt;/span&gt;.  It’s just &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e michĩ&lt;/span&gt;. Why is this? I don’t know. The pattern seems to be that it’s the adjectives that begin with m or h. Sometimes people do put an i on the front of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;michĩ, &lt;/span&gt;but according to my peeps, that's not correct.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some ways you will use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;michĩ &lt;/span&gt;is to say that something is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;michĩmi&lt;/span&gt;, like, "little bitty". If someone asks you if you’d like seconds, a lot of people respond,&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; michĩmi&lt;/span&gt;. Or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;michĩve&lt;/span&gt;, a little bit more. But you will still hear this in the beginning of a sentence, like &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Michĩ ha’u kuri&lt;/span&gt;. “I just ate a little bit.” Or if someone gives you just a sliver of cake, you might say it’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Michĩeterei&lt;/span&gt;. "Too small." How would you say, “I want a little bit more.” Che aipota michĩve. How would you say, "Your moto is small.&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;" Nde moto michĩ.&lt;/span&gt; You might also hear people use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;michĩ&lt;/span&gt; to say there’s not enough of something, such as that food is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Michĩeterei&lt;/span&gt; to feed everyone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another adjective that will not have an i on the front is the all important word for delicious, which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;he&lt;/span&gt;. My host mom asks me at meal times, about the food, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;He piko&lt;/span&gt;, “Is it good?” And there is no acceptable answer except &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Heterei, &lt;/span&gt;super delicious It’s not the same as the word for yes, which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Héẽ&lt;/span&gt;, all nasaly. This is just h-e. He. How would you say, “I want to drink terere that’s delicious.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ha’use terere héva&lt;/span&gt;. How would you say, “My chipa is the most delicious.” Chipa, by the way, is a Paraguayan snacky snack. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che chipa la hevéva.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another good one is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ho’ysã&lt;/span&gt;, which means cold. You’ll hear this a lot with terere, to say, “Ooh that t-ray’s nice and cold.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ho’ysã porã la terere&lt;/span&gt;. How about, “I want to drink water that’s nice and cold.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’use y ho’ysã porãva&lt;/span&gt;. And here’s something I hear when one of the kids is late to eat, for example pizza. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Eju jakaru. Ho’ysãmbáta nde pizza.&lt;/span&gt; That means, “Come on, let’s eat. You’re pizza’s going to get totally cold.” ***You will not use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ho’ysã&lt;/span&gt; to say “I’m cold.” That would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ro’y,&lt;/span&gt; which will be explained in a future podcast.***&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then you’ve got the opposite. &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;Haku&lt;/span&gt;. Hot. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Haku&lt;/span&gt; is so clutch. In the summer, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;haku &lt;/span&gt;is practically a greeting. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Haku&lt;/span&gt;, says one person, then the other says, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Hakueterei&lt;/span&gt;. But, listen to me, you will never, never want to say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che haku&lt;/span&gt;. Or maybe you will, if you’re an adult, doing adult things with another consenting adult. But other than that, if you want to say, “I’m hot,” as in the weather is causing me to sweat, it’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Haku chéve&lt;/span&gt;, or just &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;haku&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And for our last word today, we’re going to learn how to say, a lot. This is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;heta&lt;/span&gt;. You’ll hear all the time, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hetaiterei&lt;/span&gt; to mean, a lot a lot or too many. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Heta porã&lt;/span&gt; means enough. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Hetaiterei japuka.&lt;/span&gt; That means, "Oh, we laughed so much." &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Heta la outava&lt;/span&gt;. "Many people are going to come." ***I just heard someone say this and had to add it, that heta ikesuva means something has a lot of cheese. I don’t know, maybe a good topic of conversation***&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Vocab list!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;-pa/mba:&lt;/span&gt; totally, completely, finished&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;ky’a: dirty (Aiko ky'a = ridin' dirty. Just sayin')&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;potĩ: clean&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;pya’e: fast&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;tuicha: big&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;michĩ: small&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;he: delicious&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;ho’ysã: cold&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;haku: hot&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;heta: a lot&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;FYI in this conversation, you’re going to hear Héta, which is the way to say that something is going to be delicious. Didn’t want you to confuse that with heta.&lt;br /&gt;Mba’e jakaruta Oscar?&lt;br /&gt;Ndaikuaái. Mba’epa recocinata?&lt;br /&gt;Hmm. Ikatu acocina pizza.&lt;br /&gt;Ooh. Héta.&lt;br /&gt;Héẽ. Ha nde rejapota la terere.&lt;br /&gt;Oĩma.&lt;br /&gt;Ha aipota y ho’ysãva.&lt;br /&gt;Ha che aipota peteĩ pizza tuicha porãva. Heta akaruta.&lt;br /&gt;Oĩma. Eho eru la terere. Pya’éke! Che uhéima.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. This table’s too small.&lt;br /&gt;Ko mesa michĩeterei.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. This mandioca’s dirty.&lt;br /&gt;Ko mandi’o iky’a.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Mmm, this terere’s nice and cold.&lt;br /&gt;Mmm, ko terere ho’ysã porã.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go now. Hurry!&lt;br /&gt;Eho ko’ãga. Pya’eke!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I washed all my clothes.&lt;br /&gt;Ajohéipama che ao.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Fernando has a lot of cows.&lt;br /&gt;Fernando oreko heta vaka.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. I want to eat sushi that is delicious. (And, by the way, Oscar informed me that chipa in Guarani is she-PA.)&lt;br /&gt;Che ha’use chipa héva.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Bring water that’s cold please.&lt;br /&gt;Erumi y ho’ysãva.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Is there a smaller table?&lt;br /&gt;Oĩ piko peteĩ mesa michĩvéva?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. You need shoes that are bigger.&lt;br /&gt;Reikotevẽ sapatu ituichavéva.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now Guarani first...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Ani regueraha ao ky’a.&lt;br /&gt;Don’t wear dirty clothes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Heta opuka cherehe hikuái.&lt;br /&gt;They laughed a lot at me.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Heterei che pizza.&lt;br /&gt;My pizza is super delicious.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Jaipota peteĩ computadora ipya’evéva.&lt;br /&gt;We want a computer that’s faster.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Iky’apa che ao.&lt;br /&gt;My clothes are completely dirty.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Ohopáma piko?&lt;br /&gt;Did everyone leave already?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Hetaiterei roguata ko pyhareve.&lt;br /&gt;Ugh, we walked so much this morning.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pya’e ajohéipata che ao.&lt;br /&gt;Real quick I’m going to wash all my clothes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ani re’u ko kesu. Itujáma.&lt;br /&gt;Don’t eat this cheese. It’s old already.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Jastudiapáma.&lt;br /&gt;We’re done studying now.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt; michi puede ser i or no.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;No usa i en frente&lt;br /&gt;hata&lt;br /&gt;ho’yse&lt;br /&gt;haku&lt;br /&gt;mombyru&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Extra Credit&lt;br /&gt;Here’s a list of some other good adjectives&lt;br /&gt;hatã: hard&lt;br /&gt;guasu: big&lt;br /&gt;hu’ũ: soft&lt;br /&gt;mbegue: slow&lt;br /&gt;sa’i: few&lt;br /&gt;tuja: old&lt;br /&gt;puku: long&lt;br /&gt;mbyky: short&lt;br /&gt;karape: short (person)&lt;br /&gt;yvate: tall&lt;br /&gt;pyahu: new; young&lt;br /&gt;hepy: expensive&lt;br /&gt;he’ẽ: sweet&lt;br /&gt;jyky: salty (food); funny, nice (person)&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-8701049386198830092?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/8701049386198830092/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/07/episode-16-more-adjectives-pa.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/8701049386198830092'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/8701049386198830092'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/07/episode-16-more-adjectives-pa.html' title='Episode 16: More Adjectives &amp; Pa'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-5955906722143469878</id><published>2010-05-28T12:36:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-05-28T12:42:51.485-07:00</updated><title type='text'>A Mini Lesson in Learning Guaraní</title><content type='html'>Today I was coming home from the city to my pueblo, in a van that runs back and forth every half hour. I sat in the front seat, next to the driver, and took my ipod out, like I always do, to listen to my American music while watching the Paraguayan hills go by.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But today I didn´t. Instead, I started a little Guaraní conversation with the driver. We ended up talking almost the entire way, and the two guys in the front joined in. I didn´t understand everything, of course. But I asked them to explain the words, and they did. I don´t remember them exactly, but I think I might recognize them the next time I hear them, and then maybe, when I want to say them, I´ll remember how they sound. Then bam, there´s another word in my Guaraní arsenal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I tend to be too shy about my Guaraní, preferring to study my flash cards along rather than make a fool out of myself trying to talk to someone else. But, Guaraní is a language, for communicating, not for sitting alone in a room. So your homework is this, if you´re already in Paraguay: take out your earphones, put down your cell phone, get out of your house, and use your Guaraní. I guarantee that´s the fastest way to learn.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-5955906722143469878?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/5955906722143469878/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/05/mini-lesson-in-learning-guarani.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/5955906722143469878'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/5955906722143469878'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/05/mini-lesson-in-learning-guarani.html' title='A Mini Lesson in Learning Guaraní'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-9093327678353895613</id><published>2010-05-20T09:25:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-05-20T10:21:08.326-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 15: Chendales &amp; Chisme</title><content type='html'>It’s episode 15, and we’re going to be moving on with chendales and using them with adjectives. Today’s adjectives are usually used when talking about people. So you can understand a little more of that gossip! And by the way, the word for gossip is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;chisme.&lt;/span&gt; That’s an important one to know.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;When you take just an adjective, you might use it in one of two ways. &lt;/span&gt;You might use it in the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale&lt;/span&gt; construction that we’ve been studying, or you might just latch it on the back of a noun. Let’s look at the difference for a second.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s use the example, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;porã&lt;/span&gt;. If I wanted to say, "You are pretty", I would use the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale &lt;/span&gt;structure, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ne porã&lt;/span&gt;. Remember how we said that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendales&lt;/span&gt; are quasi-verbs? This is because when you use a &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale&lt;/span&gt;, you are implying the verb “to be”, which includes, am, is, are, etc. “She is pretty” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e iporã&lt;/span&gt;. That’s a &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But you can also just tag on an adjective on the back of a word if it’s just describing something in the sentence, just tagging along. For example, “My pretty friend is dancing.” In this example, “pretty friend” would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;amiga porã&lt;/span&gt;. In Guaraní, like in Spanish, you put the adjective behind the noun it’s describing. So “My pretty friend is dancing" would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che amiga porã ojeroky&lt;/span&gt;. If you said, &lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Che amiga iporã ojeroky&lt;/span&gt;, that would be, "My friend is pretty is dancing." That’s no good.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the point of your sentence is to say that something is something, then you use the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale&lt;/span&gt;. For example, “My friend is pretty” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che amiga iporã&lt;/span&gt;. But if there is another verb in the sentence, you’re just going to throw the adjective on the back. Such as in "My pretty friend is dancing", the verb is dancing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It’s like in greetings, when people say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e la pórte&lt;/span&gt;. That breaks down to "What is the situation? &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;Pórte&lt;/span&gt; means situation. And when you respond, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Iporã&lt;/span&gt;, you’re saying, "It is good."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;***You might also have cause to say Ivai la pórte. Which means, "The situation is bad." Sometimes people just throw that out when they're talking about their problems.***&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So let’s practice that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What would be, “These clothes are ugly”?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;   Ko ao ivai. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What would be “I’m going to wear my ugly clothes”?&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che aguerahata che ao vai.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another thing you’ll hear &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;vai&lt;/span&gt; with is the word for road, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;tape&lt;/span&gt;, to mean the road is all muddy and whatnot.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So how would you say, "This road is muddy and whatnot."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;    Ko tape ivai. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How would you say, “I’m going to go on the muddy road”?&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ahata tape vaire. &lt;/span&gt;(You’ll remember that -re from Episode 13.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How would you tell someone to go on the nice road?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;    Eho tape porãre. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And how would you say, “This road is nice”?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;    Ko tape iporã.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So hopefully you get the distinction. We’ll practice it a little bit more in the episode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Let’s move on and check out some other adjectives that you use with people. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s start with a favorite, fat. One of my favorite Paraguayan past times is listening to them talk about how fat I am, their daughters are, they are, etc. No American euphemisms here, thick-skinned, big-boned, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;nahániri&lt;/span&gt;. You are fat. And the word for fat is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;kyra&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che kyra&lt;/span&gt; is “I am fat”. Again, that “am” is just implied in the structure of the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale&lt;/span&gt;. How would you say, “You are fat.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde kyra&lt;/span&gt;. How would you say, “You’re super fat.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde kyraiterei.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let me pop in a side note here that we didn’t mention in the last episode, that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;iterei &lt;/span&gt;can also mean, "too", as in, you’re too fat, excessively fat. So &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;iterei&lt;/span&gt; can be a good thing when latched on to nice adjectives, like pretty, nice or hard-working. Or it can be a bad thing if latched on to bad adjectives, such as ugly, expensive, or, fat. If you think about it, we use “too” for good and for bad, like this. “Aw, she’s just too cute.” Or “Ugh, that’s too expensive.” Like that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So, if someone’s daughter is reaching for that extra slice of pizza, her mother might slap her hand and say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde kyraiterei&lt;/span&gt;. “You’re too fat.” Like I said, they don’t sugarcoat much in this country.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Kyra, by the way, can also be used to describe food. Just today we sat down to lunch, and there was grease floating on the plate. Oscar complained to his mom that her food was &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ikyraiterei. &lt;/span&gt;“Too fatty.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s move on to some other adjectives. If we’ve got fat, then we should get on to skinny, for after the diet. The opposite of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kyra&lt;/span&gt; is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;piru&lt;/span&gt;, skinny. If I wanted to say that after my diet, “I will be skinny,” it would be, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che piruta&lt;/span&gt;. Or if a farmer wanted to complain that his cow was too skinny, he might say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che vaka ipirueterei&lt;/span&gt;. How would you say, “Mariela is skinny.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mariela ipiru&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ipiru Mariela&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendales&lt;/span&gt;, it’s common to hear the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale &lt;/span&gt;first and then the thing or person you’re describing, just for effect. You might hear, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Iporã che ermána&lt;/span&gt;, for “My sister is pretty.” Or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ikyra che vaka&lt;/span&gt; for “My cow is fat.” So here’s a little weirdo quirk of Guaraní. When you want to say “them” at the end of a sentence, you don’t use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’ekuéra&lt;/span&gt;, you say &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;hikuái&lt;/span&gt;. It’s like in English if you wanted to say, “Crazy, those guys.” You would say, “Crazy, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hikuái&lt;/span&gt;.” In the dictionary they say it’s for him or her, too, but they say here that they only use it for them. So, in this format, if I wanted to say, “They are fat,” I might say,&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Ikyra hikuái&lt;/span&gt;. I know, it’s weird. End of side note.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Actually, let’s learn the word for crazy. It’s &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;tavy&lt;/span&gt;. Using that structure I just talked about, how would you say, “Phh, crazy, those guys.” Phh, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Itavy hikuái&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde tavy&lt;/span&gt; is “You’re crazy.” It can also mean ignorant or like, without culture, is how my host mom explained it to me. You will hear all the time this phrase: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde tavymaiko.&lt;/span&gt; So what does that mean? Let’s break it on down. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde&lt;/span&gt; is you. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;tavy&lt;/span&gt; is crazy. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ma&lt;/span&gt; is already or now. and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;iko&lt;/span&gt; is that question word. In it’s meaning, it’s kind of like, “What are you crazy?” How would you say, “Guarani is super crazy”? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Guaraní itavyeterei&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another thing people say about other people is that they are &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;ñaña&lt;/span&gt;. This means, bad or mean. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Vai&lt;/span&gt; means bad in other ways, but &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñaña &lt;/span&gt;is used mostly for people. I once had an awesome fight with a four-year-old who said, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ne ñaña&lt;/span&gt;, to me. So I said, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ne ñaña&lt;/span&gt;. And he said, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde&lt;/span&gt;. and I said &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde!&lt;/span&gt; And then I didn’t give him any of my gum. You’ll notice that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñaña &lt;/span&gt;is nasal, so you use the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ne&lt;/span&gt; in front of it instead of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;nde&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you want to make a &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale&lt;/span&gt; more of a temporary thing, you can use it with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hína&lt;/span&gt;. For example, if your friend is usually a nice person, but she’s being a little snappy today, you can just say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ne ñaña hína&lt;/span&gt;. This is like, “You’re currently being a jerkface,” instead of “You are mean,” as more of a general statement.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here is a very important one jopara’ed from Spanish, which is g&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;uápo&lt;/span&gt; or guápa. Here you’ll see a little bit of the Spanish influence, where adjectives for men usually end in o, and adjectives for women usually end in a. If you’ve studied Spanish elsewhere in the world, you might know &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;guápo&lt;/span&gt; as handsome, but in Paraguay, it means to be hardworking. If I pass my neighbor and she’s raking her lawn, I’ll give her a &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde guápa&lt;/span&gt;. And, it’s a fun little joke to respond, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che guápaite&lt;/span&gt;. "I’m totally hard-working!" On the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;guápa&lt;/span&gt;, you add that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ite&lt;/span&gt; that we talked about. But notice again that it’s not, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che guápa ... ite&lt;/span&gt;. It’s combined to &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che guápaite.&lt;/span&gt; It’s kind of weird, because we never tell people, oh you’re so hard-working, in English. But we tell people the opposite a lot, that they’re lazy and worthless.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*****&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Now we’re going to look at some words, some cross dressers. &lt;/span&gt;They can be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendales &lt;/span&gt;or regular verbs, depending on what they’re wearing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One of these cross-dressers is another word jopara’ed from Spanish, which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;vale&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Vale &lt;/span&gt;means to be worth something. You might hear someone say that money &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;No vale nada&lt;/span&gt;, that their money isn’t worth anything, maybe because you need a thousand Guaraníes to buy a pack of gum. Or with people, it’s just like hard-working or worth something, a synonym of&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; guápo&lt;/span&gt;. So if someone sees me washing the dishes, they might say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde guápa&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde vale&lt;/span&gt;, they’re pretty much the same thing. How would you say, "Pedro is hard-working." &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pedro ivale.&lt;/span&gt; When used with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendales&lt;/span&gt;, it’s an adjective.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;However, when used with the regular driver cars, vale can be a verb. It means to be worth something too, or to cost something. For example, I just heard the other day, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mbóy ovale.&lt;/span&gt; Remember that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mbóy&lt;/span&gt; means “how much,” so Mbóy ovale means “How much does this cost?” How would you say, “How much does this cheese cost?” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mbóy ovale ko kesu. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You might also hear the phrase &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ovaléma&lt;/span&gt;. Which translates to mean, “That's enough already.” If I’m adding spices to the food and overdoing it, my host mom might say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ovaléma&lt;/span&gt; and smack the spice out of my hand. Or you might use this when someone’s annoying you or when the kids are fighting. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ovaléma!&lt;/span&gt; Enough already!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another verb cross-dresser that likes to swing both ways between &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale&lt;/span&gt; or a verb is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;jopy&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jopy&lt;/span&gt; means to squeeze, like with lemons to make juice. It can also mean to put one's nose to the grindstone. If I’m working on something and I really need to get it done, I might say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ajopy hína.&lt;/span&gt; ***Jopy can also be used to press, as in to press a button.***&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you use it in a &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale&lt;/span&gt;, as an adjective, you’re describing someone that squeezes every bit of money, like a penny pincher. For a simple definition, it means cheap. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e ijopy&lt;/span&gt; means “He’s cheap.” So, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e ojopy&lt;/span&gt; means “He squeezes.” And &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e ijopy &lt;/span&gt;means “He’s cheap.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And here’s a good one, drunk, another cross-dresser. The root of this is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;ka’u&lt;/span&gt;. Take a second and think which one would be “He is drunk,” like as in the temporary, and which one would be “He is a drunk,” like an alcoholic but without the meetings. That root again is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ka’u&lt;/span&gt;... The right answer is that “He’s drunk” is&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Ha’e oka’u&lt;/span&gt; and “He is a drunk” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e ika’u&lt;/span&gt;. "I’m drunk" would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che aka’u&lt;/span&gt; or "I’m a drunk" would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ka’u&lt;/span&gt;, using the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale &lt;/span&gt;structure. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Hola, Che Paulita. Che ka’u. Hola Paulita. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How would you say, “My sister is drunk already.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ermána oka’uma. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How about: “He’s is totally drunk.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e oka’uete. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How would you say, “You are a drunk.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde ka’u. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And what does this mean? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde reka’umaiko. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Are you drunk?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One way I remembered &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ka’u&lt;/span&gt; as “to be drunk” is that it sounds like &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’u&lt;/span&gt;, the word for to drink. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ha’u&lt;/span&gt;, and that’s why &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che ka’u. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One more side note about &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ka’u&lt;/span&gt; is something that uses that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-re&lt;/span&gt; we talked about in Episode 13. Remember how I said that sometimes &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-re&lt;/span&gt; means “because of”? Well, people will talk about crazy stuff that someone did while they were drunk, for example, “Martin mooned a whole bus of old ladies, &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ka’úre&lt;/span&gt;.” That &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ka’úre&lt;/span&gt; means “because he was drunk," or "bein’ all drunk.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ka’úre he’i...Ka’úre ajapo&lt;/span&gt;. ***&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ka’úre hapeguare, ndoikéi. &lt;/span&gt;"If I was drunk, it didn’t happen." ***&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So those three cross-dressers we just went over, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;vale, jopy, &lt;/span&gt;and&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; ka’u&lt;/span&gt;, are some examples of a few roots that you can use as verbs or as chendales. Those are the only examples of all the ones we’ve gone over so far that can do that. So it’s not like you can take any &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale &lt;/span&gt;and use it like that. You would never say &lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Che akaigue.&lt;/span&gt; That’s always &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che kaigue. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And we’re going to end this episode with an important caboose that you will use with adjectives. This is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;-va&lt;/span&gt;, only they don’t pronounce the v, like usual. And when you put it on the back of an adjective, it means, "the one that is or the person who is that thing." If you were using this with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;porã&lt;/span&gt;, for example, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;porãva&lt;/span&gt;, that would mean, "who is pretty or that is pretty". “I’m looking for clothes that are pretty,” would be, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che aheka ao iporãva&lt;/span&gt;. “I want to buy cow that is fat” would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ajoguase peteĩ vaka ikyráva&lt;/span&gt;. How would you say, “Do you know my friend that is skinny?” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde reikuaa che amiga ipirúva?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes there are two ways you might hear something. For example. If you want to eat some nice, fresh mandioca, you could express it in two ways. You could say, I want to eat mandioca that is nice, which would be Che ha’use mandi’o iporãva. Or you could you a more simple sentence like I want to eat some nice mandioca. That could be Che ha’use mandi’o porã. The two works&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And there’s one other construction you should know. It’s a way to say someone is the most something. The prettiest. The fattest. The most hard-working. Here’s an example of it. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ermano la iguapovéva.&lt;/span&gt; It starts with a subject &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ermáno&lt;/span&gt;, my brother, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;la&lt;/span&gt; is the, and in this case, with the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale&lt;/span&gt;, it’s translates to is that. So, my brother is the. then with the adjective, in this case &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;guápo&lt;/span&gt;, and then &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ve&lt;/span&gt; meaning more, or in this case, most. Then&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; va&lt;/span&gt;, that or who which is. So, mixing all that together, you get “My brother is the most hard-working." There’s a very classic Guaraní polka song that uses the word &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;chika&lt;/span&gt;, which means girlfriend, and starts, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che chika la iporãvéva&lt;/span&gt;. "My girlfriend is the prettiest".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How would you say, “My cow is the fattest.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che vaka la ikyravéva. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;My sister is the prettiest.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ermána la iporãvéva.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And that reminds me to remind you that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendales&lt;/span&gt; can be mixed all up with the cabooses. For example, “I want to be fat” would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che kyrase&lt;/span&gt;. “He will be skinny” would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e ipiruta&lt;/span&gt;. He will be more skinny would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e ipiruveta.&lt;/span&gt; You can just mix them all in there.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Ok, let’s do a little review.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;With adjectives, you can put them in the chendale construction to mean that someone is something. Or you can just put them behind an noun in a sentence with another verb. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Hikuái&lt;/span&gt; is the word you use for “them” when you want to add it on the back of a sentence.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Fat is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kyra&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Skinny is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;piru&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñaña&lt;/span&gt; means bad or mean. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Tavy&lt;/span&gt; means crazy or ignorant.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Guápo&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;guápa&lt;/span&gt; mean hard-working. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Some other words are cross-dressers that you can also use as chendales or as verbs&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Such as &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;vale&lt;/span&gt;, which is the same as &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;guápo &lt;/span&gt;when used as an adjective. But you can also use it to mean “to be worth something”, using the regular verb driver cars. Also, you can say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ovaléma&lt;/span&gt; to mean “Enough already!”&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;jopy&lt;/span&gt;, which as a &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale&lt;/span&gt; means to be cheap, or as a verb means to squeeze &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ka’u&lt;/span&gt; means to be a drunk as a &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chendale &lt;/span&gt;or to be drunk for the moment as a verb&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You can use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-va&lt;/span&gt; on the back of adjectives to mean, the one that is or the thing that is that adjective. But you’re not really going to pronounce that v. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;You can use la before an adjective and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;véva&lt;/span&gt; after it to mean that something is the most of that adjective. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now we test your skillz:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;1. I want to be skinny. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che piruse. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;2. I’m hard-working but my sister is lazy. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che guápa pero che ermána ikaigue. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;3. That’s enough!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ovaléma!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;4. Who’s the most drunk?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Máva piko la oka’uvéva?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;5. My shoes are too ugly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che sapatu ivaieterei.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;6. He wants to dance with my skinny friend. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e ojeroky che amiga pirundi. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;7. You guys are fat already. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pende kyrama.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;8. We’re drunk already.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande jaka’úma.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;9. I’m going with my mean sister. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Aháta che ermána ñañandi. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;10. Vanessa is super cheap. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Vanessa ijopyeterei.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Guaraní first...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;1. Oscar iguápo. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Oscar is hard-working.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;2. Melissa iñañaeterei.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Melissa is super mean.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;3. Che acenase sushi pero che amiga ijopy hína.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I want to eat sushi for dinner but my friend is being cheap.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;4. Ani reka’uti.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Don’t get drunk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;5. Mariela la iporãvéva.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mariela is the prettiest.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;6. Ikyraiterei hikuái.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They are super fat.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;7. Ha’e opurahéi vai ka’ure. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;He sang badly being all drunk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;8. Fernando la iguápoveva. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fernando is the most hard-working.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;9. Nde kyra che ra’a!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Dude you’re fat.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;10. Che ha’use mandio porã.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I want to eat some nice mandioca.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And a practice conversation:&lt;br /&gt;Hola Oscar. Nde reikuaa piko moõ oho che vaka?&lt;br /&gt;Nde vaka ikyrava?&lt;br /&gt;No, la ipiruva.&lt;br /&gt;Héẽ, no. Rehekama tapére?&lt;br /&gt;Héẽ. Che vaka la iñañavéva.&lt;br /&gt;Itavy, hikuái. Reipota aheka avei?&lt;br /&gt;Gracias, che ra’a. Nde guápo.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;-Hey Oscar. Do you know where my cow went?&lt;br /&gt;-Your fat cow?&lt;br /&gt;-No, the skinny one.&lt;br /&gt;-Oh yeah, no. Have you looked in the street already?&lt;br /&gt;-Yeah. My cows are the worst.&lt;br /&gt;-They're crazy. Do you want me to look too?&lt;br /&gt;-Thanks dude. You're hard-working.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;New Words from this Week&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;piru&lt;/span&gt;: skinny&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kyra&lt;/span&gt;: fat&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñaña&lt;/span&gt;: mean&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;tavy&lt;/span&gt;: crazy&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;guápo/a&lt;/span&gt;: hard-working&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;vale&lt;/span&gt;: adj. hard-working; v. to cost or be worth something&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;jopy&lt;/span&gt;: adj. cheap; v. to squeeze or press&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ka’u&lt;/span&gt;: adj. a drunk; v. to get drunk&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hikuái&lt;/span&gt;: them (used at the end of sentences)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; -va&lt;/span&gt;: that is, who is, which is&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Other words mentioned:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chika/o&lt;/span&gt;: girlfriend/boyfriend&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;chisme&lt;/span&gt;: gossip&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pórte&lt;/span&gt;: situation&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-9093327678353895613?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/9093327678353895613/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/05/episode-15-chendales-chisme-you.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/9093327678353895613'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/9093327678353895613'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/05/episode-15-chendales-chisme-you.html' title='Episode 15: Chendales &amp; Chisme'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-8267844445840060580</id><published>2010-04-15T12:24:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-04-15T15:30:04.037-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Chendales</title><content type='html'>Do you remember being in science class as a kid and looking at a chart of the periodic table of elements? Do you remember how all the elements are snuggled together in one chart, and then there’s like this whole other group that’s not even attached. And you thought: What’s so special about that group that they’re not even hanging out with all the other elements?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Well today we’re going to talk about the Guaraní version of those other elements. These are just off to the side in their own little clique.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They're called Chendales. These are just verbs conjugated in an entirely different way. They can  also be adjectives or adverbs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There’s some debate about whether Chendales are verbs or not. But we don’t care about that, we just want to know how to use them. The job of chendales is to usually to say that the subject, such as you, has a quality, is in a certain state or has a possession.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s talk about that with ourselves, or che. The first use, to say that you have a quality, you would use an adjective, such as to say, "I’m pretty". Let’s use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;porã&lt;/span&gt;. You would start with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che&lt;/span&gt; and then just attach &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che&lt;/span&gt; again to the verb. The pronoun, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che&lt;/span&gt;, becomes the driver car. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che che porã.&lt;/span&gt; Since the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che&lt;/span&gt; is repeated, many times it’s just left off. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che porã.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To describe a state you’re in, this is where it really gets fun. Let’s use the most popular one in Paraguay, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kaigue. Kaigue&lt;/span&gt; translates to sluggish, as in lacking in energy. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Kai&lt;/span&gt; is the word for burned, so I think it’s kind of like burned out. It’s 100 degrees outside and you don’t feel like doing anything. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che kaigue &lt;/span&gt;you might say. Or Che &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kaigue hína&lt;/span&gt; for I don’t feel like doing anything right now. Or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che kaigue che ra’a&lt;/span&gt; for "Dude I don’t feel like doing anything."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;First let’s go through all the beginnings. They roughly follow the pattern of regular pronouns, but naturally with some curveballs thrown in.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;First we had &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che&lt;/span&gt;, to say, I’m pretty. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che che porã. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde. Nde nde kaigue. &lt;/span&gt;But here come the nasals, such as &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;porã&lt;/span&gt;. The d in &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;nde&lt;/span&gt; doesn’t want to hang out with the nasals, so when we want to say "You are pretty", we have to say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;nde neporã&lt;/span&gt;, or just &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ne porã&lt;/span&gt;. This pattern will be followed with other pronouns, that the d will disappear with nasals.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Such as &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñande&lt;/span&gt;. We are all pretty. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande ñane porã&lt;/span&gt;, but people will just say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñane porã&lt;/span&gt;. "We are all feeling lazy." &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande kaigue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore&lt;/span&gt; will stay the same, "Just us are lazy." &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore ore kaigue&lt;/span&gt; or just &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ore kaigue. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ &lt;/span&gt;is going to change a little bit and become &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pende&lt;/span&gt;, or, with nasals, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pene. Peẽ pene porã. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/S8drW7JCEZI/AAAAAAAABHI/MKIUCuT-AS0/s1600/Episode+14+Square.009-008.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="float: right; margin: 0pt 0pt 10px 10px; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 320px;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/S8drW7JCEZI/AAAAAAAABHI/MKIUCuT-AS0/s320/Episode+14+Square.009-008.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5460451114786886034" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Or, sometimes, people will just ignore the whole nasals thing altogether and just say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pende porã and nde porã.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now let’s talk about the beginnings for him, her and them, that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt; and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’ekuéra&lt;/span&gt;. This is super weird. The beginning for that is just an i, pronounced “E.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e ikaigue. Karen iporã.&lt;/span&gt; This will change when the adjective begins with a vowel, but we are going to worry about that later.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can use these with all the fun cabooses we’ve already learned. I’m feeling lazy already would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che kaiguéma&lt;/span&gt;. “She will be pretty tonight” would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e iporãta ko pyharépe. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now let’s look at some states of being that we might use. These are fun because people just throw them out in little bits, so you’re more likely to recognize them sooner and be able to use them easily. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che kaigue&lt;/span&gt; is practically the motto of Paraguay.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another good one is to say, “I’m broke!” which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;sogue&lt;/span&gt;.  As I said, the correct form is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che che sogue&lt;/span&gt;, but I hear that so little that we’ll just do the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che sogue!&lt;/span&gt; How would you say, “Liam is broke already”? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Liam isoguema&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then there’s another important one, "to be hungry". This is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;vare’a&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che vare’áma&lt;/span&gt; is "I’m hungry already." &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che vare’a hína&lt;/span&gt; is "I’m hungry!" Or you could combine the two: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che vare’áma hína&lt;/span&gt;. How would you say, “We all are hungry”? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande vare’a&lt;/span&gt;. What does this mean: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pauli ivare’áta&lt;/span&gt;. “Pauli is going to be hungry.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you’re feeling tired, like the tired you feel after working all day, you would use the word &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;kane’o&lt;/span&gt;. After doing a bunch of chores, you might fall into a chair and say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che kane’õma&lt;/span&gt;. "I’m tired already."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are other chendales that are more like action verbs. A good one is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;japu&lt;/span&gt;, which means "to lie or be a liar". You will hear this all the time when one friend is calling out another one out.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And for the last verb let’s look at, to remember, which is&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt; mandu’a&lt;/span&gt;. "I remember" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che mandu’a&lt;/span&gt;. You’ll hear a lot, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ah, che mandu’áma&lt;/span&gt;. "I remember now."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now we’re going to look at two really fun cabooses. They are&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt; ite&lt;/span&gt; and&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt; iterei&lt;/span&gt;. A lot of people who speak Guaraní say it’s much better than Spanish for expressing yourself and these are kind of part of that. They are for exaggerating your words. You will hear them all the time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I’m was explaining this to my friend and she asked me what the equivalent was in English. For &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;iterei,&lt;/span&gt; it’s so. Like "I’m sooooo tired." For this you would say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che kane’õiterei. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ite,&lt;/span&gt; it’s more like totally. "I’m totally exhausted." &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che kane’õite. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can use these with regular verbs. With verbs, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;iterei&lt;/span&gt; means a lot. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Amba’apoiterei &lt;/span&gt;means “I work a lot.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/S8dr9jYGmoI/AAAAAAAABHQ/lp-sU2S80TQ/s1600/Episode+14+Square.019-002.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="float: left; margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 320px;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/S8dr9jYGmoI/AAAAAAAABHQ/lp-sU2S80TQ/s320/Episode+14+Square.019-002.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5460451778422545026" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;These change a little bit, depending on in what letter the word ends. What I’m going to tell you hear isn’t the most important thing in the world, it just fits. Get the usage down first, then you can come back and perfect this part.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You are going to use&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; ite &lt;/span&gt;and&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; iterei &lt;/span&gt;with words that end in the strong vowel a, e, o.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But the beginning i will change to an e when the word ends with a weak vowel i,u or y.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Also, you just drop the beginning vowel if the word ends in a weak a,e, or o. Confusing, see? But just listen up for the changes. You'll be fine. Stop crying. I said stop crying.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The opposite of&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; iterei &lt;/span&gt;and&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; ite&lt;/span&gt; is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;‘imi&lt;/span&gt;. This means a little bit. With adjective it can mean more or less, or kind of. To say “I’m a little bit hungry” would be&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Che vare’a’imi&lt;/span&gt;. How would you say, I’m a little tired? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che kane’õ’imi&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Soooooooooo....let's review&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;FYI: I will be mixing in some verbs from the first group of verbs from the previous podcast.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;1. Do you remember already?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ne mandu’áma piko?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;2. He’s totally broke.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e isoguete.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;3. You are going to be sluggish this afternoon.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde kaigueta ko ka’arúpe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;4. You’re lying&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde japu hína.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;5. I am so hungry right now.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che vare’aiterei ko’ãga.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;6. Shola was sluggish yesterday.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Shola ikaigue kuri kuehe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;7. Yesterday I bought sushi and now I am really broke.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Kuehe ajogua kuri sushi ha ko’ãga che sogueterei.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;8. Dude I’m so bummin'.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che kaigue, che ra’a.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;9. Mateo’s looking for his cow.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mateo oheka ivaka(pe). &lt;/span&gt;*With animals, you can use the pe, like you do with humans, or leave it off like you do with things. Maybe it depends on if you're a vegetarian or not. *&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;10. I was so hungry.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che vare’aiterei kuri.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now Guaraní first.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;1. Apytase ko’ápe porque che kaigue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I want to stay here because I’m feeling lazy.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;2. Egueraha ko pizza Juliópe porque ivare’áma.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Take this pizza to Julio because he’s hungry.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;3. Che avy’a porque Oscar oguahẽta ko’ára.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I’m happy because Oscar is going to arrive today.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;4. Moõ piko amoĩ ra’e che pizza? Che vare’áma ha ha’use!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Where did I put my pizza? I’m hungry and I want to eat!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;5. Ame’ẽ kuri che ipod Sashápe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I gave my ipod to Sasha.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;6. Mba’e piko rejogua?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What did you buy?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;7. Egueraha ko pizza Spencerpe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Take this pizza to Spencer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;8. Ejapomína la terere. Che kaigue’imi.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please make the terere. I’m feeling a little lazy.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;9. Ko’ẽro chemandu’áta.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tomorrow I’ll remember.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;10. Japracticáma&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We practiced already.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;New words for this episode. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;pende/pene&lt;/span&gt;: pe&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ẽ beginning for chendales&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt; i&lt;/span&gt;: chendal beginning for he/she/them&lt;br /&gt;3. &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;kaigue&lt;/span&gt;: to be sluggish&lt;br /&gt;4.&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt; sogue&lt;/span&gt;: to be broke&lt;br /&gt;5. &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;vare’a&lt;/span&gt;: to be hungry&lt;br /&gt;6. &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;japu&lt;/span&gt;: to be a liar or to be lying&lt;br /&gt;7. &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;mandu’a&lt;/span&gt;: to remember&lt;br /&gt;8. &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;ite/ete/t&lt;/span&gt;e: totally&lt;br /&gt;9. &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;iterei/eterei/terei&lt;/span&gt;: very or a lot&lt;br /&gt;10. &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;'imi&lt;/span&gt;: a little bit&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-8267844445840060580?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/8267844445840060580/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/04/chendales.html#comment-form' title='2 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/8267844445840060580'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/8267844445840060580'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/04/chendales.html' title='Chendales'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/S8drW7JCEZI/AAAAAAAABHI/MKIUCuT-AS0/s72-c/Episode+14+Square.009-008.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-8558568199983658334</id><published>2010-03-16T11:01:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-03-22T15:52:04.112-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 13: Let’s talk REHE rehe</title><content type='html'>Check out the new video!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;object width="425" height="344"&gt;&lt;param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/o8PPSi4glD0&amp;amp;hl=es_ES&amp;amp;fs=1&amp;amp;"&gt;&lt;/param&gt;&lt;param name="allowFullScreen" value="true"&gt;&lt;/param&gt;&lt;param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always"&gt;&lt;/param&gt;&lt;embed src="http://www.youtube.com/v/o8PPSi4glD0&amp;amp;hl=es_ES&amp;amp;fs=1&amp;amp;" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true" width="425" height="344"&gt;&lt;/embed&gt;&lt;/object&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;During the Verb Extravaganza we mentioned a few verbs that took the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; form, without really explaining what the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; form is. And I thought, "If I were listening to this podcast, I might have said, 'Well thanks a lot jerk face.'" So, in an effort to not be a jerk face, I’m going to go ahead and explain what &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; is. We’re also going to talk about how it changes when it’s mixed with pronouns.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The tough thing about &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe &lt;/span&gt;is that it doesn’t have a very clean-cut definition. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Rehe&lt;/span&gt; is like the Spanish word &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;por&lt;/span&gt;, which still gives me trouble, because it can be translated to so many different little words.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When used with verbs, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; latches on to the back of the person or thing receiving the verb, a lot like -&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pe&lt;/span&gt;. It can translate to mean you’re doing that verb to a person, about a person, on a person, or because of a person. The best thing to do is just memorize which verbs use it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another thing about &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe &lt;/span&gt;is that it can be shortened to just &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;re&lt;/span&gt;. But for our purposes right now, we’re just going to use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;REHE with Pronouns&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One of the uses of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; is to mean at, as in, to look at. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Maña&lt;/span&gt; is one of the verbs we went over in the last episode that uses &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;, and it means to look at something, like if you said "I’m looking at Sasha", you would say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Amaña Sasha rehe. Rehe &lt;/span&gt;is just kind of like a replacement for &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pe&lt;/span&gt; that you use with a short list of verbs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Rehe&lt;/span&gt; gets a little special when mixed with the pronouns, such as &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che, nde,&lt;/span&gt; and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt;. This is a pattern we will begin to see with a lot of things. With many cabooses, including &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pe&lt;/span&gt;, when we mix them with the pronouns, they have a slightly different pattern. And usually, the pattern goes all out of whack when it comes to mixing it with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt; and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’ekuéra&lt;/span&gt;. Let’s check out how it works with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, so how about if someone’s looking at me? In this case “at me” would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;cherehe&lt;/span&gt;. “At you” would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;nderehe&lt;/span&gt;. So far this list isn’t so crazy, but then we get to looking “at him” or “at her”. This takes a wild turn and is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;hese&lt;/span&gt;, almost nothing like the others in the pattern. So “I look at him” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che amaña hese&lt;/span&gt;. We start with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che&lt;/span&gt; because I’m doing the verb, then &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;amaña&lt;/span&gt;, conjugated to go with the&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; che&lt;/span&gt;, and then &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hese&lt;/span&gt; is the “at him.” He is receiving the stare, maybe because he’s hot.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then we go back to normal. “At just us” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;orerehe&lt;/span&gt;. “At all of us” is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;ñanderehe&lt;/span&gt;. The you all form, which you’ll remember is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;peẽ&lt;/span&gt;, is a little weird when combined with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;. It’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;penderehe&lt;/span&gt;. That&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; pende&lt;/span&gt; will replace &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;peẽ&lt;/span&gt; in a lot of these patterns where the pronouns are mixed with cabooses. Lastly we have the them form, which is always going to be buddies with the he or she form. When they are weirdos, they are weirdos together. So to say at them is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;hesekuéra&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here’s that list again.&lt;br /&gt;Cherehe&lt;br /&gt;Nderehe&lt;br /&gt;Hese&lt;br /&gt;Orerehe&lt;br /&gt;Ñanderehe&lt;br /&gt;Penderehe&lt;br /&gt;Hesekuéra&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s practice that list, and then we’ll move on to more verbs that use rehe.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Katie looks at me.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Katie omaña cherehe. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You look at me.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde remaña cherehe. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;He looks at me.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e omaña cherehe. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Katie looks at Luis.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Katie omaña Luis rehe. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Katie looks at him.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Katie omaña hese. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I look at them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che amaña hesekuéra. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We look at them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore romaña hesekuéra. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They look at us.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra omaña orerehe. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They looked at him.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra kuri omaña hese&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;He looked at them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e omaña kuri hesekuéra. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, got it?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;More Verbs That Use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Rehe&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now we’re going to look at other verbs that use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;, and how &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; translates in those cases.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When we use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;maña&lt;/span&gt;, we’re saying that we’re looking at someone. There’s another case where &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; means "at", and that is with the verb "to laugh", as in to laugh at someone. The verb “to laugh” is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;puka&lt;/span&gt;. I might want to say, “Paraguayans laugh at me,” because it happens so often. That would be, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Paraguayos opuka cherehe&lt;/span&gt;. Or the Paraguayans might want to say, “We laugh at Paulita.” That would be,&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Japuka Paulita rehe&lt;/span&gt;. How would you say, “I laughed at Rosa.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che apuka Rosa rehe.&lt;/span&gt; What does this mean? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande japuka hese&lt;/span&gt;. “We laughed at him.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With some verbs, you might use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pe&lt;/span&gt; depending on the situation. Let’s look at these examples where &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe &lt;/span&gt;can be translated to mean “about.” The first verb we’ll cover is “to talk.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If I say, “I’m talking to Pamela,” I would say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che añe’ẽ Pamelápe&lt;/span&gt;. But if I want to say “I’m talking about Pamela,” then I would say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che añe’ẽ Pamela rehe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You’re going to use this in two instances. You might want to say people are talking nicely about someone or talking badly about someone. So here you would use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;oñe’ẽ porã&lt;/span&gt; to say, to talk well about someone, to compliment them, or maybe to say good things about them. To say talk badly, we’re going to use the opposite of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;porã&lt;/span&gt;, which is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;vai&lt;/span&gt;. Vai means "ugly" or "bad", or, when used after a verb, "badly". So to say "They speak badly of Rossana", it’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oñe’ẽ vai Rossana rehe&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another example of when you could use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pe&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;, depending on the situation, is when using “to ask”, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;porandu&lt;/span&gt;. If I ask someone something directly, I would use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pe&lt;/span&gt;, because I’m asking them, they are directly receiving my question. “I’ll ask Sandra” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Aporanduta Sandrape&lt;/span&gt;. But if I ask about Sandra, then the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; comes in. “I’ll ask about Sandra” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Aporanduta Sandra rehe&lt;/span&gt;. This is also used in to ask for someone. If you go to a house and ask for Sandra, they’ll yell to Sandra: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oporandu nderehe!&lt;/span&gt; And in some sentences both the -&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pe&lt;/span&gt; and the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; might be used. “I will ask Vanessa about Oscar” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Aporanduta Vannessape Oscar rehe&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;And just a little side note here.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you want to add on cabooses to &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñe’ẽ pora&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñe’ẽ vai&lt;/span&gt;, you would add the caboose after the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;porã &lt;/span&gt;or the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;vai&lt;/span&gt;. This goes for all adverbs. Adverbs you’ll remember from middle school, are words that describe verbs. They’re usually marked with an -ly on the end in English. So, for example, if I wanted to say, "They are going to speak well of him," It would be, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oñe’ẽ porãta hese.&lt;/span&gt; Or, they spoke well of him, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oñe’ẽ porã kuri hese. &lt;/span&gt;Same thing with any other verb with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;porã&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;vai&lt;/span&gt;. "She is going to clean well" would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e omopotĩ porãta&lt;/span&gt;. Ok, end of side note.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Rehe as "about"&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next verb that uses &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; as “about” is the word for “to think,” when referring to thinking about something. This word is joparaed from the Spanish &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pensar&lt;/span&gt; to become &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pensa&lt;/span&gt;. So to say, “I think about Oscar” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Apensa Oscar rehe&lt;/span&gt;. “Who are you thinking about” would be, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mávarehe repensa hína&lt;/span&gt;. It sounds weird to put the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; on the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;máva&lt;/span&gt; until you think about it in correct grammatical form, which would be, “About whom are you thinking?” There the who and the about are together, just like in Guaraní. How would you say, “Are you thinking about Luis?” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde repensa hína Luis rehe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Rehe as _&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; doesn’t really have a good translation in English. It just means that this thing is receiving this special verb that needs &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One example is when you want to say that you need someone for a minute. Mateo talked about this in the last episode. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Aikotevẽ nderehe&lt;/span&gt; is “I need you for a minute.” How would you say, “Rebecca, Susan needs you for a minute.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Rebecca, Susan oikotevẽ nderehe. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another one is the word for to touch, which is a new vocab word. This word is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;poko.&lt;/span&gt; I remembered this because it sounds like to poke, which is a kind of touching. “Don’t touch my pizza” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ani repoko che pizza rehe&lt;/span&gt;. Can you tell what this means? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Máva piko opoko hína cherehe&lt;/span&gt;. “Who’s touching me?” That’s a good one for a crowded Paraguayan bus.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One last one that’s like this is another new vocab word which means “to attend to something” or “to mind something”. This is&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt; ñatende&lt;/span&gt;. If your cell phone is ringing, you might ask someone to answer it, or attend to it, using this word and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; after the word &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;celular&lt;/span&gt;, which is cell phone in Spanish. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Eñatendemi che celular rehe&lt;/span&gt;. Or if your little sister Suzy is crying, you might tell your mom, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Añatendeta Suzy rehe.&lt;/span&gt; "I’m going to attend to Suzy." Or if your water is boiling over and someone sees it, they might yell at you, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Eñatendeke la y rehe&lt;/span&gt;. Watch that water! *Ñatende can also mean to attend to a customer at a store, to pay attention to someone. When I lost something, my host mom told me &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Eñatendena (&lt;/span&gt;my stuff).*&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Rehe as "on your person"&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now let’s look at how you can use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; to mean “on your person” when talking about wearing something or having something on you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, we can use this with the verb, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;reko&lt;/span&gt;, which means "to have". Let’s ask someone if they have some money on them. Let’s say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;cinco mil&lt;/span&gt;, which is the common way of referring to five thousand Guaranies, about enough to get a hamburger and a coke. So, to say, “Do you have five mil on you?”, you would say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde rereko 5 mil nderehe&lt;/span&gt;. That &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;nderehe &lt;/span&gt;means “on you.” “Do you have your cell on you?” would be, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Rereko nde celular nderehe&lt;/span&gt;. To say, “I’ve got my cell on me,” would be, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Areko che celular cherehe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Or you could say you’re going to wear something, such as a necklace or jewelry, on you. For this you would use the verb &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;gueraha&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;raha&lt;/span&gt;, that verb that means to take or to wear. And let’s use this with the words for clothes, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ao&lt;/span&gt;. You know how I remember this word? It sounds like "Ow," and when you’re a girl a lot of times your clothes hurt, so you say “Ow!” If I want to say, I’m going to wear these clothes, I would say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Aguerahata ko ao cherehe&lt;/span&gt;. To say, “Fred wore this shirt this morning” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Fred ogueraha hese ko ao ko pyhareve&lt;/span&gt;. Can you tell what this means: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Reguerahata ko ao nderehe ko pyhare&lt;/span&gt;. “Are you going to wear these clothes tonight?”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Rehe as "for"&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We use this with the word for “to pray”, which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñembo’e&lt;/span&gt;. If you want to say, “I pray for you,” it’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Añembo’e nderehe&lt;/span&gt;. “She prays for Miguel” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oñembo’e Miguel rehe&lt;/span&gt;. “She prays for him” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oñembo’e hese. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And now let’s talk about &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt; as it’s used like any ol’ caboose. In these cases, it’s more likely just going to be re, so to get you used to that, we’ll use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;re&lt;/span&gt; in the examples. In many cases, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-re&lt;/span&gt; like this translates to “for.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You already use this caboose. It’s tucked in there in the word for why,&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; mba’ére&lt;/span&gt;. So what does &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mba’ére&lt;/span&gt; break down to? Mba’e is what, and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;re&lt;/span&gt; is for, so &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mba’ére &lt;/span&gt;breaks down to “for what”, which is another way to say, why?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You might use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;re&lt;/span&gt; to say, I bought this pizza for&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; cinco mil&lt;/span&gt;. Let’s break down the sentence. For I bought, we’re going to use the verb&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; jogua&lt;/span&gt;, "to buy". &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ajogua&lt;/span&gt;. This pizza. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ko pizza&lt;/span&gt;. For &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;cinco mil&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Cinco milre&lt;/span&gt;. The “for” gets put on the back, which is weird for us English speakers. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ajogua ko pizza cinco milre. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To say, “How much did you buy this pizza for?”, It again might make more sense to rearrange it in the grammatically correct way: “For how much did you buy this pizza?” Because here, like in Guaraní, the for is together with the “how much.” In Guarani, you’re going to latch the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;re&lt;/span&gt; onto the word &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mbóy&lt;/span&gt;. You’ll remember that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mbóy&lt;/span&gt; means “how much” or “how many”. So then “ For how much did you buy this pizza?” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mbóyre rejogua ra’e ko pizza.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This kind of “for” mean “in exchange for something.” Along these lines you might say, "I paid for this month," for which we’re going to use the Spanish word &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mes &lt;/span&gt;for month.&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Apaga ko mesre. &lt;/span&gt;"He’s going to pay for this month." &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Opagáta ko mesre&lt;/span&gt;. Or, "I already paid for you." You might use this example on a bus. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Apagáma nderehe&lt;/span&gt;. How would you ask someone, “Could you pay for me?” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ikatu repaga cherehe.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Or you might use “for” as in a length of time. For example, “I’m going to Brazil for two months”. For the two months, you would use the Spanish dos meses. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ahata Brazilpe dos mesre&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This leads us to another thing they say, which is when you want someone else to decide. This translates to “por vos” in Spanish, or “depende de vos.” Like, it depends on you. If someone asks what you want for lunch, you might say, depending on you, which would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;nderehe &lt;/span&gt;and then they add on a little n-t-e which we’ll cover more later. So it comes out,&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; nderehente&lt;/span&gt;. It unfortunately doesn’t have a very clean translation, but what you need to know is that if you want someone else to decide, you would just say to them, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;nderehente&lt;/span&gt;. For example, if someone asks what movie you want to watch, and you want to say, "I don’t know, whatever you want," you could say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ndaikuaái. Nderehente.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Other uses for &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Re(he)&lt;/span&gt; as a caboose&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Re&lt;/span&gt; can also means “in”. You would use this to say you saw someone in the street. The word for street is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;tape&lt;/span&gt;. I remembered this because it’s spelled like tape, and from up high a road just looks like a long piece of tape. So to say, "I saw Julia in the street" would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ahecha Juliape tapére&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Re &lt;/span&gt;can also mean "through" or "by way of", as in, “I’ll go by way of this road.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ahata ko tapére.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One last way you can use re is to mean “with,” when referring to food. As in, "I want to eat Lucky Charms with milk". The word for milk is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;kamby&lt;/span&gt;. With milk, then, is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kambýre&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’use Lucky Charms kamb&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ý&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;re.&lt;/span&gt; How would you say, “They ate pizza with cheese.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra ho’u pizza kesúre. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Ok, to review, let’s go over verbs that use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Rehe&lt;/span&gt; as “for”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñembo’e&lt;/span&gt;: to pray for someone&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Rehe&lt;/span&gt; as “at”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;maña&lt;/span&gt;: to stare at&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;puka&lt;/span&gt;: to laugh at&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Rehe&lt;/span&gt; as “on”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;gueraha&lt;/span&gt;: to wear on&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;reko&lt;/span&gt;: to have on you&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Rehe&lt;/span&gt; as “about”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;porandu&lt;/span&gt;: to ask about&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñe’ẽ porã/vai&lt;/span&gt;: to speak well/badly about&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pensa&lt;/span&gt;: to think about&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Rehe&lt;/span&gt; to indicate reception of verb&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kotevẽ&lt;/span&gt;: to need someone for a moment&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñatende&lt;/span&gt;: to attend to something&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;poko&lt;/span&gt;: to touch something&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;New words&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe/re&lt;/span&gt;: for, about, of, on&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;vai&lt;/span&gt;: ugly or bad&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pensa&lt;/span&gt;: to think&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñatende&lt;/span&gt;: to attend to something&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;poko&lt;/span&gt;: to touch&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;tape&lt;/span&gt;: street&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hese&lt;/span&gt;: about, to, or for him or her&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hesekuéra&lt;/span&gt;: about, to or for them&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;penderehe&lt;/span&gt;: about, to or for you all&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ao&lt;/span&gt;: clothes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Examples:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oscar, mba’e óra recenase.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Ndaikuaái, nderehénte. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Hmm, apensa hína pizzarehe. Nde re’use,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Héẽ, ha’use pizza kesúre. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde recocinata?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Nahániri. Nde. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Bueno. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Oscar, what time do you want to eat dinner?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;I don’t know, depends on you. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I’m thinking about pizza. Do you want to eat that?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Yeah, I want to eat pizza with cheese. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Are you going to cook it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 0);"&gt;Nope. You are. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Alright.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;1. They talk badly about him.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra oñe’ẽ vai hese.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;2. What are you looking at? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’ére remaña hína?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;3. Mariela, I need you for a moment. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mariela, aikotevẽ nderehe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;4. They laughed at me at school.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra opuka cherehe escuelápe. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;5. I’m going to stay in Asunción for two months. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Apytata Paraguaýpe dos mesre. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;6. Don’t touch my pizza. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ani repoko che pizza rehe. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;7. Please pray for Susan. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Eñembo’emi Susan rehe. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;8. I’m thinking about sushi.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Apensa hína sushi rehe. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;9. For how much did you buy your cow?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mbóyre rejogua ra’e nde vaka?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;10. Do you have your cell phone on you?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde rereko nde celular nderehe?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now for the Guarani first. With some of these we’re going to practice rehe being shortened to re, so listen up for that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;1. Ani reñe’ẽ vai hese.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Don’t talk badly about him.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;2. Agueraháta ko ao cherehe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I’m going to wear these clothes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;3. Nde vaka oho tapére.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Your cow went in the street.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;4. Mba’ére repensa hína?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What are you thinking about?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;5. Ha’use pizza kesúre.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I want to eat pizza with cheese.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;6. Eñatendemi che celulare.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Answer my cell please.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;7. Ha’ekuéra opuka che aóre. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They’re laughing at my clothes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;8. Che érmana opensa hína Juliore.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;My sister is thinking about Julio.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;9. Aháta escuelápe. Eñatende ne érmanare.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I’m going to school. Watch your sister.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;10. Daniel oñe’ẽ porã Tiffanyre.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Daniel speaks well of Tiffany.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;More verbs that use rehe if you want to work ahead. My you are studious.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;pena&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;(something/someone) &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;: to pay attention to or to worry about something/someone&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;japysaka &lt;/span&gt;(something/someone) &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;: to pay attention, listen to or attend to something/someone&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ñangareko&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;(something/someone) &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;: to care for something/someone&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ma'ẽ &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;(something/someone) &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;: to watch or observe something/someone&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;mandu'a&lt;/span&gt; (something/someone) &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;: to remember something/someone ***this is a chendale, which we'll talk about in Episode 14***&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;japo porã&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;(something/someone) &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;:&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;to do someone good, like medicine&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;japo vai&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;(something/someone) &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;: &lt;/span&gt;to do you bad, like what greasy chicken wings do to your stomach&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;menda&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;(something/someone) &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe: &lt;/span&gt;to marry something/someone, or, hopefully, just someone&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;jeko&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;(something/someone) &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rehe: &lt;/span&gt;to lean on something/someone. This can be used literally, or figuratively, like leaning on someone as in, using all their money&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;This is complicated stuff, so don't get frustrated if you can't remember it all on the first day! Good luck!&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-8558568199983658334?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/8558568199983658334/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/03/episode-13-lets-talk-rehe-rehe.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/8558568199983658334'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/8558568199983658334'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/03/episode-13-lets-talk-rehe-rehe.html' title='Episode 13: Let’s talk REHE rehe'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-9107968253189561715</id><published>2010-02-12T12:26:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-02-12T12:49:32.177-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 12: Verb Extravaganza</title><content type='html'>Hello there. Now that we’ve talked a lot about verbs, we’ve just got a bunch for you to learn. These all follow the same pattern of just using the verb driver cars we’ve already talked about. There are no new big ideas, so I thought I’d just make one big combo-pack podcast as a vocabulary booster so we can move on to other things.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You may want to use this podcast in one of several ways. I’ve broken the verbs up into 5 groups of 10. What I would suggest is that you learn them one list of 10 at a time. I’m not going to start integrating them all into the podcast reviews at once. I’ll start using the first group first and slowing mix them in by group, so that you can be learning these vocab words along with other new concepts as well. Or you might just want to take a break from listening to the next lesson until you have them all down. Whatever floats your boat.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You might want to listen to the whole list of 50 once, as you might find a word you’ve been wondering how to say. But after that, just focus on one list at a time or you’ll get overwhelmed and make yourself nuts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I would suggest making flashcards with each word, with the root and then all the conjugations written below. This helps recognize them in conversation, because &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;agueru&lt;/span&gt; sounds like a whole different word from &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pegueru&lt;/span&gt;. Then plant those flashcards anywhere you might have using while waiting a few minutes, in your purse or wallet, in your car, in your jail cell...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Jaha!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Group 1: Most Common&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;gueru (ru)&lt;/span&gt;: to bring. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che agueruta kesu.&lt;/span&gt; I will bring cheese. The command &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;eru&lt;/span&gt; can be used to mean to pass, like "Pass the salt."&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;gueraha (raha)&lt;/span&gt;: to take.  &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Elmer ogueraha kuri pizza escuelápe. &lt;/span&gt;Elmer took pizza to school. You can also use this to mean, "to wear."&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;maña&lt;/span&gt;: to look at or to watch. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Emañami.&lt;/span&gt; Look.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;heka&lt;/span&gt;: to search for something. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Aheka hína che érmanope.&lt;/span&gt; I’m looking for my brother.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;me’ẽ&lt;/span&gt;: to give. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra ome’ẽse ko ipod Juliope.&lt;/span&gt; They want to give this ipod to Julio.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;moĩ&lt;/span&gt;: to put.&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Moõ piko amoĩ ra'e che terere? &lt;/span&gt;Where did I put my terere?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;jogua&lt;/span&gt;: to buy. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Eho ejoguave kesu. &lt;/span&gt;Go buy more cheese. This is sometimes used to mean "to look like."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;pyta&lt;/span&gt;: to stay or to be located, or to be left. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;La escuela opyta Paraguaype.&lt;/span&gt; The school is located in Asunción.&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Apytata ape ko kaárukue. &lt;/span&gt;I´m gonna stay during this afternoon&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;guahẽ&lt;/span&gt;: to arrive. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Laura oguahẽta ko’ẽrõ.&lt;/span&gt; Laura will arrive tomorrow. You will also here guahẽ used as like a word to tell people to enter. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peguahẽ.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;vy’a&lt;/span&gt;: to be happy or to have fun. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che avy’a Paraguaipe.&lt;/span&gt; I am happy in Paraguay. People will often as you: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Revy’a piko Paraguaipe?&lt;/span&gt; Are you happy in Paraguay?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Group 2: Things you do during the day&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;páy&lt;/span&gt;: to wake up. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Epáyma!&lt;/span&gt; Get up already!&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;pu'ã&lt;/span&gt;: to get up, like out of bed or stand up, or to figuaratively raise yourself up. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e óra opu’ãta Pooja?&lt;/span&gt; What time is Pooja getting up? You'll see a Paraguayan bumper sticker: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñamopu’ã Paraguay&lt;/span&gt;: We’re going to raise up Paraguay.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;rambosa&lt;/span&gt;: to eat breakfast. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Eju, ñarambosátama&lt;/span&gt;. Come, we’re going to eat breakfast now.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;jahu&lt;/span&gt;: to shower or bathe. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ahata ajahu&lt;/span&gt;. I’m going to shower.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;ñemonde&lt;/span&gt;: to dress yourself. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ajahuta ha upéi añemondeta.&lt;/span&gt; I’m going to shower and then I’m going to get dressed.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;pytu’u&lt;/span&gt;: to rest. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che érmana opytu’usema.&lt;/span&gt; My sister wants to rest already. This is sometimes used during terere to mean you’re going to take a break from drinking for a minute.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;karu&lt;/span&gt;: to eat lunch or just to eat. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Eju jakaru.&lt;/span&gt; Come let’s eat.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;cena&lt;/span&gt;: to eat dinner (from the spanish &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;cenar&lt;/span&gt;). &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e ñacenata? &lt;/span&gt;What are we having for dinner?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ñeno&lt;/span&gt;: to lay down. Sharon oñenota. Sharon’s going to lay down.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;ke&lt;/span&gt;: to sleep. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Akesema.&lt;/span&gt; I want to sleep already. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Group 3: Stuff your body does&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;jeroky&lt;/span&gt;: to dance. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jajerokyta ko pyhare?&lt;/span&gt; Are we going to dance tonight?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;guata&lt;/span&gt;: to walk. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Aguatase escuelápe.&lt;/span&gt; I want to walk to school.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;purahéi&lt;/span&gt;: to sing. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;María opurahéise. &lt;/span&gt;Maria wants to sing.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;guapy&lt;/span&gt;: to sit. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peguapyke. &lt;/span&gt;Sit!&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;hecha&lt;/span&gt;: to see. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Rehecha piko che sapatu?&lt;/span&gt; Have you seen my shoes?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;hendu&lt;/span&gt;: to hear.&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Rehendúpa?&lt;/span&gt; Do you hear?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;puka&lt;/span&gt;: to laugh. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra opuka ko pyhare.&lt;/span&gt; They laughed this morning.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;mboty: to close. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Emboty la puerta.&lt;/span&gt; Close the door. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Puerta&lt;/span&gt; is spanish for door. Because I couldn't say close the cheese.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;typei&lt;/span&gt;: to sweep. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Etypeimi ko asaje.&lt;/span&gt; Please sweep this afternoon.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;johéi&lt;/span&gt;: to wash. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ejohéimina la guampa. &lt;/span&gt;Please wash the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;guampa&lt;/span&gt;. (&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Guampa&lt;/span&gt; is the cup used to drink terere.)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Group 4: Things you do to or with someone else&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;hetũ&lt;/span&gt;: to kiss or to smell. &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Ahetũse Brad Pittpe.&lt;/span&gt; I want to kiss Brad Pitt. Or I want to smell Brad Pitt! (The &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pe&lt;/span&gt; is for receiving the action.)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;henói&lt;/span&gt;: to call. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ehenói Larape.&lt;/span&gt; Call Lara.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;nupã&lt;/span&gt;: to punish, to hit or beat. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ainupãse Suzype.&lt;/span&gt; I want to beat Suzy.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;mbo’e&lt;/span&gt;: to teach. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ambo’eta escuelápe.&lt;/span&gt; I’m going to teach in the school.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;ñeha’a&lt;/span&gt;: to try or to struggle to do something. As a response to someone asking if you speak Guaraní: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Añeha’a hína&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;sapukái&lt;/span&gt;: to yell. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mava piko osapukái hína.&lt;/span&gt; Who is yelling?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;hayhu: &lt;/span&gt;to love. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ahayhu Jesuspe.&lt;/span&gt; I love Jesus.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’arõ:&lt;/span&gt; to wait. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Eha’arõke!&lt;/span&gt; Wait!&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;tykua:&lt;/span&gt; to serve, like terere or maté. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde retykuata ko’ára.&lt;/span&gt; You’re going to serve today. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;su’u:&lt;/span&gt; to bite or chew. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ani reisu’u ne érmanape.&lt;/span&gt; Don’t bite your sister.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Group 5: Random Leftovers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;ke&lt;/span&gt;: entrar (aireal) Peikeke! Enter!&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;ñembo’e&lt;/span&gt;: to pray. Ahata añembo’e. I’m going to pray.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;kytĩ&lt;/span&gt;: to cut. Aikytĩ hína la mandi’o.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;topa&lt;/span&gt;: to find. Atopama che vaka. I found my cow already.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;pytyvõ&lt;/span&gt;: Eho eipytyvõ ne érmanape. Go help your sister.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;mbogue&lt;/span&gt;: to turn off, Embogue che ipod. Turn off my ipod.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;kotevẽ&lt;/span&gt;: to need. (aireal). Aikotevẽ terere! (You might say this on the hottest days.)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;pe’a&lt;/span&gt;: sacar or to open something: to take something out, remove something. Mba’e repe’a kuri? What did you open?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;porandu&lt;/span&gt;: to ask. Eporandu Oscarpe. Ask Oscar.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;scrivi&lt;/span&gt;: to write. Ascrivi hína che Messangerpe. I’m writing in my Messenger. (They use Windows Live Messenger a lot in Paraguay!)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Peho pestudiake!&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-9107968253189561715?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/9107968253189561715/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/02/episode-12-verb-extravaganza.html#comment-form' title='5 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/9107968253189561715'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/9107968253189561715'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/02/episode-12-verb-extravaganza.html' title='Episode 12: Verb Extravaganza'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><thr:total>5</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-7708428907526762051</id><published>2010-01-27T11:46:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-01-27T12:21:51.425-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 11: Commando</title><content type='html'>Hello and welcome to episode 11.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today we’re going to be talking about commands. How do you give commands in Guaraní, to dogs or even people? For once, it’s simple and easy! All you do for a command to one person is put an &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;e&lt;/span&gt; on the front of it. It takes the softer e sound. So if I wanted to tell you to study, I’d say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Estudia&lt;/span&gt;. If I wanted to tell you to practice, I’d say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;epractica&lt;/span&gt;. How would you tell someone to clean? Emopotĩ.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you’re talking to more than one person, you put a &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;pe&lt;/span&gt; on the front of it, which is easy to remember because you use that beginning when talking to multiple people anyway. So if a teacher wanted to tell all her students to study, she’d say: &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Pestudia&lt;/span&gt;. How would you order a few people make cheese? &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Pejapo kesu. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, some of these commands can come out sounding a little harsh, like, Who do you think you are, ordering me to make cheese? So Paraguayans have some cabooses that they latch on to let the receiver of the command know just how serious you are. The first one translates to “please,” and that is&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt; mi&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pejapomi kesu &lt;/span&gt;means "Please make cheese." How would you say “Sandra, Please study.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Sandra, estudiami.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The other one is more of a pleading caboose. My host sister uses it all the time when she’s whining to her mom. This is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;na&lt;/span&gt;. It’s kind of like, come on. When a mother has asked her daughter to clean her room three times and is asking her again, she’ll say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Emopotĩna&lt;/span&gt;. Or you might hear it like, "Come on, let’s go," which would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;jahana&lt;/span&gt;. As you see here, you can use that “Let’s” form with these cabooses as well.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes you’ll hear the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mi &lt;/span&gt;and the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;na &lt;/span&gt;combined, like, “come on, please. Like, “Mariela, please, come on, make pizza.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mariela, ejapomina pizza&lt;/span&gt;. Sometimes it almost sounds like &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;na&lt;/span&gt; should be followed with, “I’ll be your best friend.” So how would you say: “Maria, please cook tonight.” using &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mi&lt;/span&gt; and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;na&lt;/span&gt;? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Maria, ecocinamina ko pyhare.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For the next caboose, the gloves come off. This caboose is usually used to mean: "I’m serious." This is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ke&lt;/span&gt;. Now let’s say that mother has lost her temper and she wants to say, “Clean right now!” She would say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Emopotĩke! Ko’ãga!&lt;/span&gt; How would you yell at someone to get out of your house, using that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;sẽ&lt;/span&gt; verb that means to leave?&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Esẽke! &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ke&lt;/span&gt; is not always used for seriousness, but sometimes more for emphasis. For example, I’ve heard it used to encourage customers to come into a shop. Think of it as an exclamation mark on a command, whether good or bad. You’ll also hear this with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jaha&lt;/span&gt;, to mean, "Let’s go!" &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jahake!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes you want to tell someone to not do something. For this you would use “don’t” in English, right? Well the equivalent of that is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ani&lt;/span&gt;. After &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ani&lt;/span&gt;, you would just use the regular driver car, which for one person would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;re-&lt;/span&gt;, like "Don’t you eat my pizza." &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ani re’u che pizza. &lt;/span&gt;For more than one person, it’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pe-&lt;/span&gt;. For example, "Don’t you all use my shoes." &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ani peiporu che sapatu.&lt;/span&gt;  What would be, to one person: “Don’t use my ipod." &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ani reiporu che ipod.&lt;/span&gt; How about, to a bunch of people: “Don’t talk right now.”  &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ani peñe’ẽ ko’ãga.&lt;/span&gt; How would you tell someone, “Don’t go to Asuncion tomorrow.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Ani reho Paraguaype ko’ẽrõ&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes you’ll hear &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ani&lt;/span&gt; by itself, just used to say “Don’t.” Or you might hear &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Anike!&lt;/span&gt;, like when one sister is hitting another sister, for a stronger “Don’t!” with an exclamation mark.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You’ll also hear the caboose &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ti&lt;/span&gt; used with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ani&lt;/span&gt;, tacked on to the verb, which is like “Please don’t.” Like a negative version of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mi&lt;/span&gt;. You might hear a father tell his daughter not to go out that night. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ani resẽti ko pyhare.&lt;/span&gt; How would you say, “Please don’t drink my terere”? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ani re’uti che terere.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another caboose you might here with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ani&lt;/span&gt; is a good one. This is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ve&lt;/span&gt;. This means "more". You’ll hear &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Anive&lt;/span&gt; like when someone’s tickling someone, to mean, “No more!” But you can use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ve&lt;/span&gt; with any verb, like to say, “I want to drink more terere.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Aterereseve&lt;/span&gt;. How would you ask someone to make more pizza? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ejapove pizza&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The irregular verbs have their own forms of commands. For come it’s &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;eju&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;peju&lt;/span&gt;. For go it’s &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;eho &lt;/span&gt;or &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;peho&lt;/span&gt;. Eat is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;he’u&lt;/span&gt;. I hear that a lot at the dinner table. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;He’uke Paulita&lt;/span&gt;. for "Eat!" or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;He’uve &lt;/span&gt;for "Eat more!" Or &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;pe’u&lt;/span&gt; for more than one person. Say something is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ere&lt;/span&gt;, the same form for you say. Use &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;peje &lt;/span&gt;for multiple people.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now let us review what we have learned today, my special little students.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;-mi: &lt;/span&gt;please&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;-ke:&lt;/span&gt; strong command&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;-na: &lt;/span&gt;pleeeease, pleading&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ani:&lt;/span&gt; don’t&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ti:&lt;/span&gt; negation on a command&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ve: &lt;/span&gt;more&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;eju:&lt;/span&gt; come (command)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;eho:&lt;/span&gt; go (command)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;he’u:&lt;/span&gt; eat (command)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ere: &lt;/span&gt;say (command)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Conversations&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pauli, mb’ae rejapota ko’ara?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 102, 102);"&gt;Ndaikuaái.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Emopotĩmi ha upei jastudia Guaraní.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 102, 102);"&gt;Héẽ, bueno.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pauli, what are you going to do today?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 102, 102);"&gt;I don’t know.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please clean and then let’s study Guaraní.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 102, 102);"&gt;Ok, good.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Convo 2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Oscar, ehomi ecocinama la mandi’o.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 102, 102);"&gt;Cheiko?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Héẽ, nde.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 102, 102);"&gt;Mba’ére?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Che acocina kuri kuehe.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 102, 102);"&gt;Pero aterere hína.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ehoke!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 102, 102);"&gt;Oĩma. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Oscar, please go cook the mandioca.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 102, 102);"&gt;Me? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yes, you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 102, 102);"&gt;Why?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Because I cooked it yesterday.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 102, 102);"&gt;But I’m drinking terere.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 102, 102);"&gt;Ok!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;And now sentences...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;1. (To a few people) Go study.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Peho pestudia.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;2. Come on, please cook pizza. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ecocinamína pizza.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;3. Eat more pizza Julio. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;He’uve pizza Julio.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;4. Don’t eat more pizza Helen. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ani re’uve pizza Helen.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;5. (To a bunch of people with an exclamation mark.) Get to work!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pemba’apóke!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;6. Don’t talk to Carlos. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ani reñe’ẽ Carlospe. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;7. Don’t come tomorrow. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ani reju ko’ẽro.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;8. (to your siblings) Don’t eat my pizza.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ani pe’u che pizza.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;9. Let’s drink terere! &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Jatereréke.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;10. (to guests) Eat more!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pe’uvéke!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;11. Mateo, eju jaterere. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mateo, come here, let’s drink terere.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;12. Aníke reiporu che sapatu.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Don’t use my shoes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;13. Anivéna reñe’ẽ. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please don’t talk more.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;14. Eho eñe’ẽ nde érmanandi. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go talk to your sister.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;15. Ani re’uti che terere. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please don’t drink my terere.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;16. Pepracticavéke!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Practice more!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;17. Ani recambiati. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please don’t change.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;18. Ani reiporu che ipod ko’ára. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Don’t use my ipod today.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;19. Jahana. Atererese.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s go. I want to drink terere.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;20. Pestudia ko pyharekue. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Study tonight.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-7708428907526762051?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/7708428907526762051/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/01/episode-11-commando.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/7708428907526762051'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/7708428907526762051'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/01/episode-11-commando.html' title='Episode 11: Commando'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-6296111949521767885</id><published>2010-01-19T12:20:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-01-19T12:23:53.660-08:00</updated><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-6296111949521767885?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/6296111949521767885/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/01/guaranime-episode-11-flashcard-maker.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/6296111949521767885'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/6296111949521767885'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2010/01/guaranime-episode-11-flashcard-maker.html' title=''/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-6252754601966294281</id><published>2009-12-09T06:52:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-02-17T13:30:28.489-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 10: Jopara!</title><content type='html'>In most parts of Paraguay, Spanish and Guaraní are as inseparable as pig fat and ground corn. Sometimes when I ask people if a word is Spanish or Guaraní, they have to think for a minute. They’re so used to just using them together without thinking about where one language ends and the other begins.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today we’ll talk about how you can use the both languages together. There’s a system for using Spanish verb cars in the Guaraní trains. So if you already know Spanish it’s going to be a big boost. Some Spanish verbs have all but replaced their Guarani counterparts. Although somewhere out there there’s probably a Guaraní word for it, almost no one knows it or uses it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Jaha!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first Spanish verb we’ll look at is the word for “to practice”, which is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;practicar&lt;/span&gt;. If you asked someone how to say “to practice” in Guaraní, they’d probably just shrug and say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Practica no más&lt;/span&gt;, like, "Just use the Spanish." So let’s say we want to use this word to say in our Guaraní Jopara, "I’m practicing." On the front end, what you’re going to do is simply add the driver car. For I, che, it would be the a, right?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On the back end, you’ll notice that all verbs in Spanish end in an “r.” That “r” is going to be karate chopped off and left to die in the river. So now we have &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che apractica&lt;/span&gt;. And then you can just add on whatever caboose you want.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"I’m practicing." &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che apractica hína&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;"I want to practice. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che apracticáse.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde repracticátapa.&lt;/span&gt; “Are you going to practice?”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another word used like this is the word &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;vender&lt;/span&gt;, which means "to sell". Let’s practice using this to say, "You all sell pizza." Take &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;vender&lt;/span&gt; and add the driver car we need, which for you all is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pe&lt;/span&gt;. Then we’ll karate chop off the r, and we have &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pevende pizza&lt;/span&gt;. So how would you ask, using &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;piko&lt;/span&gt;, "Do you all sell terere?" &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ pevende piko terere.&lt;/span&gt; How would you say “I sell terere?” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che avende terere. &lt;/span&gt;How about “They sell pizza."&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Ha’ekuéra ovende pizza. &lt;/span&gt;And what does this mean: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande ñavende y&lt;/span&gt;. “We sell water.” There you heard that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ña&lt;/span&gt;, because &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;vender&lt;/span&gt; has an n in it, so it’s considered nasal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Moving on we got &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;cocinar&lt;/span&gt;, "to cook". “I will cook tonight.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che acocinata ko pyhare.&lt;/span&gt; “You all will cook today.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ pecocinata ko’ára.&lt;/span&gt; And what does this mean: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde recocina ra’e keuhe. &lt;/span&gt;“Did you cook yesterday?”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Something you should be doing a lot of is studying. “To study” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;estudiar&lt;/span&gt;. If the Spanish verb starts with a vowel, it kind of gets eaten up by the Guaraní beginning. So "I study" is&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Che astudia&lt;/span&gt;. "You study" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde restudia&lt;/span&gt;. “Are you all studying?” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ pestudia piko&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another good one is “to change”, which is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;cambiar&lt;/span&gt;. So how would you accusingly say to someone, “You changed.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde recambia kuri&lt;/span&gt;. How about, “They will change.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra ocambiata.&lt;/span&gt; And what does this mean: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore rocambiase. &lt;/span&gt;We want to change.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Other commonly mixed Spanish verbs:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;English → Spanish → Guaraní &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;to read → leer → lee  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;to eat dinner → cenar → cena  &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;to iron → planchar → plancha&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; to cross → cruzar → cruza&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; to rent → alquilar → alquila&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; to invite → invitar → invita&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; to accompany → to acompañar → acompaña&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; to pay → pagar → paga &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Other ways in which Guaraní and Spanish are mixed:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A lot of times a Guaraní caboose is just latched on to a Spanish word. This happens a lot with question cabooses. You’ll hear, for example, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Quépa&lt;/span&gt;. Which is the Spanish &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;qué&lt;/span&gt;, for "what", and the question caboose, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pa&lt;/span&gt;, to mean, “What?” Or you’ll hear &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Quién piko&lt;/span&gt;, with the Spanish &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;quién&lt;/span&gt;, for “who” and the question caboose &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;piko&lt;/span&gt;. *Another good one is sipa? Which is si, "yes" in spanish, and the question caboose -pa. Kind of like Right? Yeah?*&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another thing that is tacked on is that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pe&lt;/span&gt;, which means in, to or at. "At school" would be &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;escuelápe&lt;/span&gt;, with the Spanish &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;escuela&lt;/span&gt; for school. "At the corner" would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;Esquinápe&lt;/span&gt;, with the Spanish &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;esquina&lt;/span&gt; for corner. And here’s where things start to make me crazy. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Esquina &lt;/span&gt;has an n in it, so you’d think it was nasal and that you would use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-me&lt;/span&gt;, but people just don’t. They use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pe&lt;/span&gt;. That’s all I have in the way of explanation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Also, you’ll never hear the days of the week in Guaraní. But you will hear that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-kue&lt;/span&gt; ending, for example, to say, on Saturdays. "On Saturdays I go out." You would take the Spanish word for Saturday, which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;sábado&lt;/span&gt;, and add the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-kue&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Sabadokue asẽ&lt;/span&gt;. "On Saturdays I go out."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s go over the days of the week and save you a Google search.&lt;br /&gt;Monday is lunes.&lt;br /&gt;Tuesday is martes&lt;br /&gt;Wednesday is miércoles&lt;br /&gt;Thursday is jueves&lt;br /&gt;Friday is viernes&lt;br /&gt;Saturday is sábado&lt;br /&gt;Sunday is domingo.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"On Mondays they work." Monday being lunes, you would say,&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Luneskue omba’apo. &lt;/span&gt;  You can use this as well to say something like, "Monday afternoon." That would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Lunes ka’aru.&lt;/span&gt; "Thursday night." Jueves pyhare.&lt;br /&gt;Also, when you want to say you’re going to do something during a certain month, you would use the month plus &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pe&lt;/span&gt;, again &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pe &lt;/span&gt;whether or not they have an m or n.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Those Spanish months are:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;January: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;enero&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;February: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;febrero&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;March: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;marzo&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;April:&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; abril&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;May: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mayo&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;June: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;junio&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;July: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;julio&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;August: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;agosto&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;September: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;septiembre&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;October: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;octubre&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;November: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;noviembre&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;December: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;diciembre&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ahata Brazilpe enerope&lt;/span&gt; is “I’m going to Brazil in January.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One more thing is that you will use Spanish for numbers higher than 5, but we’ll have to go over those another time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes the word will be in Spanish, but they’ll just pronounce it with the Guaraní accent. What is that? In Guaraní, words are stressed on the last syllable, unless there’s an accent in another part of the word. For example, the word for table in Spanish is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;mesa&lt;/span&gt;. When you want to Guaraníze the word, it becomes, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mes-A&lt;/span&gt; (accent on that last a). Another word that is Guaranízed is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;vaca&lt;/span&gt;, which in Spanish is cows. In Guaraní, it’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;vaka&lt;/span&gt;, and the c turns into a k. This happens a lot in Jopara.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another letter that changes is the h. In Spanish, you don’t pronounce h’s. The word for "sister" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hermana&lt;/span&gt;, and it begins with an invisible h. When this word get’s Guaranízed, it’s&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt; ermána&lt;/span&gt;, without the h. Because in Guaraní, you pronounce h. So to keep the pronunciation, they take off the h. Also, an accent appears over the middle a, so that it’s not hermanA. The placement of accent marks is about the last thing you need to worry about, but just know that if a word doesn’t end with an emphasis, there’s an accent mark in there somewhere. While we’re on the subject, you should know that the word for "brother" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ermáno&lt;/span&gt;.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; And here are two words that are just Spanish Spanish, mixed in. The first one is for "but", like “I wanted to eat ice cream, &lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 102);"&gt;but&lt;/span&gt; my stupid brother ate it all.” This kind of but is just &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;pero&lt;/span&gt; in Spanish. I wanted to eat ice cream, &lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 102); font-style: italic;"&gt;pero&lt;/span&gt; my stupid brother ate it all. Let’s say in Guaraní, “Julie says yes, but Marcos says no”. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Julie he’i héẽ, pero Marcos he’i nahániri. &lt;/span&gt;How about, “I want to eat sushi, but you want to eat pizza”.&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Che ha’use sushi, pero nde re’use pizza. &lt;/span&gt;And what does this mean: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Añe’ẽse Oscarpe pero ohoma.&lt;/span&gt; “I want to talk to Oscar but he went already.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Another good one is the word for “because,” which is&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt; porque&lt;/span&gt;.  Why are you going to the kitchen? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Porque ha'use pizza. &lt;/span&gt;"Because I want to eat pizza."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another word you will use is the word for "the". In Spanish, this can be feminine, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;la&lt;/span&gt;, or masculine, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;el&lt;/span&gt;. In Guaraní, you just use the feminine&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;la&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; borrowed from Spanish. You’ve said this before in &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e la pórte&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;La pórte&lt;/span&gt; is "The situation". So &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e la pórte&lt;/span&gt; is “What’s the situation?” or “What’s up?”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There aren’t strict rules about it, but I think you can just hear when you should put in the. Like if you were planning on cooking a pizza and you wanted to ask, "Did you cook the pizza?", you would use it. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde recocinama la pizza.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But continuing the the "Me Tarzan, you Jane" kind of sound, you can use the la or many times just leave it out.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; There’s this other set of words that are almost like Spanish, but I think they were Guaranízed farther back. It’s not just one letter that’s changed, but it’s almost like someone who speaks Guaraní trying to speak in Spanish.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here’s an example. The word for "shoe" in Spanish is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;zapato&lt;/span&gt;. The word for shoe in Guaraní is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;sapatu&lt;/span&gt;. I doubt the Guaraní people were saying sapatu for shoe before the Spanish Conquistadors came, but now it’s considered part of the language. “I want to use your shoes” would be&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Che aiporuse nde sapatu. &lt;/span&gt;You’ll notice they don’t put a plural on this for shoes, shoe or shoes is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;sapatu&lt;/span&gt;. “I have one shoe” would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che areko peteĩ sapatu.&lt;/span&gt; What would be, “Where are my shoes,” using &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;piko&lt;/span&gt; as the question word. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Moõ piko oime che sapatu.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another is the Spanish word &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;queso&lt;/span&gt;, which means "cheese", and is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;kesu&lt;/span&gt; in Guaraní. "I want to eat cheese" would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’use kesu&lt;/span&gt;. "Do you want to eat cheese" would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde re’use piko kesu&lt;/span&gt;. How about, "My cheese is all gone?" &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Opa che kesu&lt;/span&gt;.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For one last word, let’s talk about how they say Paraguay in Guaraní. When you want to say the country of Paraguay, it’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;Paraguai&lt;/span&gt;, and you change the ending y to an i. They do use that spelling with the y, but it’s the name for the capital city, Asunción. And since it ends in y, it’s pronounced &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;Paraguay &lt;/span&gt;(with the ug). To say, "in Asunción", it’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Paraguaýpe&lt;/span&gt;. "I’m going to go to Asunción" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ahata Paraguaýpe&lt;/span&gt;. "They will come to Asunción tomorrow." is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra outa Paraguaýpe ko’ẽrõ&lt;/span&gt;. What would be, “We go to Asunción on Saturdays,” using the ore form? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore roho Paraguaýpe sábadokue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;   Ok, let’s practice.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;  1. I practice Guarani on Mondays.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Che apractica Guarani luneskue.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;2. I want to change my shoes. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Acambiase che sapatu.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;  3. He knows how to make cheese.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Ha’e ojapokuaa kesu.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;4. I’m going out with my sister Saturday.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Asẽta che ermánandi sábadope.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;  5. Just us are going to study on Mondays.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ore roestudiata luneskue.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;6. Pecocinakuaa piko? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Do you all know how to cook?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;7. Ore rojapo pizza vierneskue.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We make pizza on Fridays.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;  8. Revendetapa nde vaka enerope? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Will you sell your cow in january?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;  9. Mba’épa acocinata ko viernes pyhare? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What will I cook this friday night?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;10. Moo piko jahata Paraguaýpe? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Where will we go in Asuncion?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Here's a conversation:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Mba’éichapa Oscar. &lt;br /&gt;Iporã. Ha nde. Mba’éichapa reiko. &lt;br /&gt;Aiko porã. Mba’e rejapo.  &lt;br /&gt;Ahata amba’apo.  &lt;br /&gt;Ha upéi? Mba’e rejapota ko ka’aru.  &lt;br /&gt;Aterereta, ha upéi amopotĩta. Ahatama.&lt;br /&gt;Jajotopata.  Jajotopata.&lt;br /&gt;Jaterereta ko ka’aru.  &lt;br /&gt;Oĩma!  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;That was:&lt;br /&gt;“How are you doing Oscar?”&lt;br /&gt; “I’m good, and you?”&lt;br /&gt; “I’m good. What are you up to?” &lt;br /&gt;“I’m going to work.”&lt;br /&gt; “And then? What are you going to do this afternoon?”&lt;br /&gt; “I’m going to drink terere, then I’m going to clean. I’m going now, see ya!”&lt;br /&gt; “See ya. We’ll terere this afternoon.”  &lt;br /&gt;“Ok!”    &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-6252754601966294281?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/6252754601966294281/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/12/episode-10-jopara.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/6252754601966294281'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/6252754601966294281'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/12/episode-10-jopara.html' title='Episode 10: Jopara!'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-6670751891160226167</id><published>2009-11-11T12:42:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-06-14T12:35:14.230-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 9: Irregular Verbs, Bleh</title><content type='html'>&lt;img src="file:///Users/pauletteperhach/Library/Caches/TemporaryItems/moz-screenshot.jpg" alt="" /&gt;Mba’éichapa. This is Guaranime. Podcasting, in English, from the Glory Land of Guarani, here in Yataity, Paraguay, this is Paulita.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I just wanted to let you all know that I have quasi-fixed the problem of seeing how words are spelled. If you have an MP3 player that has a video screen, such as an ipod, you can look at the screen during the podcast, and the words will pop up. In between I just put in some pretty pictures of Paraguay. If you push the little center button on an ipod three times, they’ll be nice and big.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ugh, today we’re talking a irregular verbs. It’s not fun, but you’ll use them a lot, so it’s important. Irregular verbs don’t really follow a pattern, those little poo-faces. The irregular verbs are these: to come, to go, to say, to eat or drink, to fall, to swim, and to drink water, which has its own special verb on top of just saying, “I drink water.” Today we’re just going to look at to come, to go, to say and to eat or drink, and save those others for another time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The only way to do this is to get out a pen and paper. Make a little chart. Down the left side of the paper put all the pronouns, c&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;he, nde, ha’e, peẽ, ñande, ore&lt;/span&gt;, and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’ekuéra&lt;/span&gt;. Then across the top, write as the column titles: to come, to go, to eat or drink, to say. If you want to do this in an Excel spreadsheet, I support that. Or if you’re too lazy, you can just look up the one I put below. I support that too.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/Szu4t44ttxI/AAAAAAAAA88/O-CtfMsp88s/s1600-h/Irregular+Verbs+for+Web.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 361px;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/Szu4t44ttxI/AAAAAAAAA88/O-CtfMsp88s/s400/Irregular+Verbs+for+Web.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5421129674974410514" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s go through them one at a time, and as we do, you can fill in the chart. What you’ll notice is that all these verbs almost have a pattern, but a few of the little rascals ruin it. With each word, we’ll talk about the pattern that’s almost there, and which ones spoil it for everyone. It might seem overwhelming at first, but just listen now and then you can break it up into chunks for memorization later.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s start with “to come”. We already know “I come”, which is Che &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;aju&lt;/span&gt;, so if you want to write it out you can fill in the first box with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;aju&lt;/span&gt;. For most of the “to come,” forms, you could just treat it as the verb is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ju&lt;/span&gt; and add the beginnings we already know. So, “You come” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde reju&lt;/span&gt;. It’s with the he or she form that we run into trouble. Inexplicably, to say “he comes” or “she comes”, it’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e ou&lt;/span&gt;. As with all the other verbs, the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt; and the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’ekuéra &lt;/span&gt;verb forms are going to be the same. So for they come, he comes or she comes, you use the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ou&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You’ll hear this a lot with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hína&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ou hína&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Karen&lt;/span&gt; is “Karen’s coming”. Something else you’ll hear this combined with a lot is “to come” and that future &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-ta&lt;/span&gt; and then the question caboose -pa. You’ll use this to ask if someone is coming later. To say, “Is Shola going to come?” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Shola outapa&lt;/span&gt;. “Will you come” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Rejutapa&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Continuing on, we have the pattern just using the ju and the regular beginnings. “You all come” would be what? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ peju&lt;/span&gt;. How about, “Will you all come?” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ pejutapa&lt;/span&gt;. Then, “We all come.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande jaju&lt;/span&gt;. “Just us come.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore roju&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Moving on to “to go.” We know this for the first person, which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che aha&lt;/span&gt;. And in this case, the first person is the brat, along with the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñande&lt;/span&gt; form. We already know that form, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;jaha&lt;/span&gt;, as well, which means “let’s go” or “we all go.” Ok, well all the others are going to follow a pattern with a root of ho, like hi-ho Silver. So you go is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde reho&lt;/span&gt;. "He or she goes" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e oho&lt;/span&gt;. "You all go" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pee peho&lt;/span&gt;. What would be “Just us go”? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore roho&lt;/span&gt;. "They go?" &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuera oho&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One of the things you will hear all the time is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ohoma&lt;/span&gt;. Like if someone’s asking if Suzy’s around, but Suzy already left, they’ll say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ohoma Suzy&lt;/span&gt;. Or you might hear it with that question caboose &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;iko. Ohomaiko Suzy? Héẽ, ohoma.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next word is “to eat and to drink”, the root of which is just an &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;‘u&lt;/span&gt;, kind of weird. And, unfortunately, these are all weird. “I eat or drink” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ha’u&lt;/span&gt;, as we already know. "You eat" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;re’u&lt;/span&gt;, which is not all that surprising. ***You might also hear &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;he'u&lt;/span&gt; instead of re'u, although technically that is the command: eat. But you might hear, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba'e he'uta&lt;/span&gt;: "What are you going to eat?"He eats" gets a little weird because it’s got an h on the front, and is ho’u. "You all eat" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ pe’u&lt;/span&gt;. “We all eat” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande ja’u&lt;/span&gt;. This &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ja’u&lt;/span&gt; is also that form which means let’s eat. “Just us eat,” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore ro’u&lt;/span&gt;. “They eat” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra ho’u&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Lastly we have “to say”, the root of which is an &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;‘e&lt;/span&gt;. “I say” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ha’e&lt;/span&gt;. "You say" is a weirdo, as&lt;br /&gt;"you say" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde ere&lt;/span&gt;. My Guarani tutor uses this all the time, to ask me, "What will you say?", for an example. She says &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e ereta&lt;/span&gt;. "He said or she said", you will hear all the time in conversations, it’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e he’i&lt;/span&gt;. ***You will also hear all the time: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba'e  he'i&lt;/span&gt;: "What did he/she say?"*** How about “You all say.” Out of absolutely nowhere, this has a j in it. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ peje&lt;/span&gt;. To say “we all say” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande ja’e&lt;/span&gt;. "Just us say" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore ro’e&lt;/span&gt;. "They say" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’ekuéra he’i&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here’s a little side note on the word: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;he’i&lt;/span&gt;, and how you can use it to mean “What does that mean.” The literal translation is a little weird. Let’s say you want to know what the word &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kuehe &lt;/span&gt;means. What would ask is, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’épa he’ise 'kuehe.&lt;/span&gt;' Literally, this translate to, “What does &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kuehe &lt;/span&gt;want to say,” right? But in use it translates to “What does &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kuehe &lt;/span&gt;mean?” And to answer, the person would say, “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Kuehe he’ise&lt;/span&gt; 'yesterday.'” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Kuehe&lt;/span&gt; wants to say yesterday, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kuehe&lt;/span&gt; means yesterday. End of side note.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Basically, these irregular verbs are just 28 words that you have to memorize separately. But there are some tricks to help you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What are some patterns we can pick out here, horizontally across our chart? Well, the we’s, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñande&lt;/span&gt; and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ore&lt;/span&gt;, give us something. For the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñande&lt;/span&gt; form words, they all start with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ja-&lt;/span&gt;. And for all the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ore&lt;/span&gt; words, they all start with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ro-&lt;/span&gt;. Same thing with the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ&lt;/span&gt; form, they all start with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pe-&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This will help you guess in conversation, which is basically just what you need to do. When you want to use one of these, but you’re not sure exactly what it is, just guess. If you’re wrong, people will correct you and that will help you learn. You’ll say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Suzy he’e&lt;/span&gt; and people will say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;he’i&lt;/span&gt; and it will go like that until you’ve got them down. Also, listen for these in conversation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another good tactic is to make flashcards of each word and put all the forms on the other side. If you can get the rhythm of reciting all of them, that might help you come up with the right one when you need it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Or you might want to break it up into little goals. Learn all of the forms of one word, then go onto the next.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Just don’t get all overwhelmed and fry things, like I did.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, now we’re going to review like nobody’s business. I made the mistake of not getting these down pat for a really long time, and I think it will be best if you just rock these out.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I’m going to break the review into 4 sections. You might just want to practice a section a day, because it’s probably too much to do in one day. The point is that it will drive you crazy if you just kind of know these, so you want to know them well.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Part 1. We’re going to review them in order of the word, starting with the English.&lt;br /&gt;Part 2. We’re going to review them in order of the word, going from Guarani to English&lt;br /&gt;Part 3 I’m going to mix up the order and ask them in English&lt;br /&gt;Part 4, We’re just going to do 10 sentences like the usually review.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, jaha.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Part 1. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;To come:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I come: Che aju&lt;br /&gt;You come:  Nde reju&lt;br /&gt;He or she comes: Ha’e ou&lt;br /&gt;You all come: Pee peju&lt;br /&gt;We all come: Ñande jaju&lt;br /&gt;Just us come: Ore roju&lt;br /&gt;They come: Ha’ekuéra ou&lt;br /&gt;Command to come: Eju&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;To go:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I go: Che aha&lt;br /&gt;You go: Nde reho&lt;br /&gt;He or She goes: Ha’e oho&lt;br /&gt;You all go: Pee peho&lt;br /&gt;We all go: Ñande jaha&lt;br /&gt;Just us go: Ore roho&lt;br /&gt;They go: Ha’ekuéra oho&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;To eat or drink:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I eat: Che ha’u&lt;br /&gt;You eat: Nde re’u&lt;br /&gt;He or she eats: Ha’e ho’u&lt;br /&gt;You all eat: Pee pe’u&lt;br /&gt;We all eat: Ñande ja’u&lt;br /&gt;Just us eat: Ore ro’u&lt;br /&gt;They eat: Ha’ekuéra ho’u&lt;br /&gt;Command form to eat: He’u&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;To say:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I say: Che ha’e&lt;br /&gt;You say: Nde ere&lt;br /&gt;He or she says: Ha’e he’i&lt;br /&gt;You all say: Pee peje&lt;br /&gt;We all say: Ñande ja’e&lt;br /&gt;Just us say: Ore ro’e&lt;br /&gt;They say: Ha’ekuéra he’i&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Part 2. &lt;/span&gt;We’re going to review them in order of the word, now going from Guarani to English&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;To come:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Che aju: I come&lt;br /&gt;Nde reju: You come&lt;br /&gt;Ha’e ou: He or she comes&lt;br /&gt;Pee peju: You all come&lt;br /&gt;Ñande jaju: We all come&lt;br /&gt;Ore roju: Just us come&lt;br /&gt;Ha’ekuéra ou: They come&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;To go:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I go: Che aha&lt;br /&gt;You go: Nde reho&lt;br /&gt;Ha’e oho: He or She goes&lt;br /&gt;Pee peho: You all go&lt;br /&gt;Ñande jaha: We all go&lt;br /&gt;Ore roho: Just us go&lt;br /&gt;Ha’ekuéra oho: They go&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;To eat or drink:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Che ha’u: I eat&lt;br /&gt;Nde re’u: You eat&lt;br /&gt;Ha’e ho’u: He or she eats&lt;br /&gt;Pee pe’u: You all eat&lt;br /&gt;Ñande ja’u: We all eat&lt;br /&gt;Ore ro’u: Just us eat&lt;br /&gt;Ha’ekuéra ho’u: They eat&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;To say:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Che ha’e: I say&lt;br /&gt;Nde ere: You say&lt;br /&gt;Ha’e he’i: He or she says&lt;br /&gt;Pee peje: You all say&lt;br /&gt;Ñande ja’e: We all say&lt;br /&gt;Ore ro’e: Just us say&lt;br /&gt;Ha’ekuéra he’i: They say&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Part 3&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, now the big mix-up in English first:&lt;br /&gt;We all come: Ñande jaju&lt;br /&gt;Just us go: Ore roho&lt;br /&gt;They say: Ha’ekuéra he’i&lt;br /&gt;He or she eats: Ha’e ho’u&lt;br /&gt;Just us say: Ore ro’e&lt;br /&gt;They go: Ha’ekuéra oho&lt;br /&gt;You all come: Pee peju&lt;br /&gt;You eat: Nde re’u&lt;br /&gt;You all say: Pee peje&lt;br /&gt;They eat: Ha’ekuéra ho’u&lt;br /&gt;You go: Nde reho&lt;br /&gt;You say: Nde ere&lt;br /&gt;We all eat: Ñande ja’u&lt;br /&gt;We all say: Ñande ja’e&lt;br /&gt;He or She goes: Ha’e oho&lt;br /&gt;You come:  Nde reju&lt;br /&gt;He or she says: Ha’e he’i&lt;br /&gt;You all go: Pee peho&lt;br /&gt;I eat: Che ha’u&lt;br /&gt;He or she comes: Ha’e ou&lt;br /&gt;I go: Che aha&lt;br /&gt;Just us come: Ore roju&lt;br /&gt;Just us eat: Ore ro’u&lt;br /&gt;I come: Che aju&lt;br /&gt;You all eat: Pee pe’u&lt;br /&gt;We all go: Ñande jaha&lt;br /&gt;I say: Che ha’e&lt;br /&gt;They come: Ha’ekuéra ou&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Part 4: Sentences&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;1. Do you all want to eat pizza&lt;/span&gt;?&lt;br /&gt;  Peẽ pe’use piko pizza&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;2. Are you going to go tomorrow?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Nde rehotapa ko’ẽrõ&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;3. What did you say to Sasha?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Mba’e ere ra’e Sashape.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;4. We want to eat pizza this afternoon.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Ore ro’use pizza ko ka’aru.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;5. Is Oscar going to go tonight?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Oscar ohotapa ko pyhare&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;6. Máva piko ho’u ra’e che pizza.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Who ate my pizza?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;7. Ohoma Justin&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt; Did Justin go already?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;8. Moõ piko peho kuehe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Where did you all go yesterday?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;9. Araka’e piko ja’uta sushi&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;  When are we all going to eat sushi?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;10. Obama outa Paraguaipe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Obama’s coming to Paraguay.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-6670751891160226167?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/6670751891160226167/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/11/episode-9-irregular-verbs-bleh.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/6670751891160226167'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/6670751891160226167'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/11/episode-9-irregular-verbs-bleh.html' title='Episode 9: Irregular Verbs, Bleh'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/Szu4t44ttxI/AAAAAAAAA88/O-CtfMsp88s/s72-c/Irregular+Verbs+for+Web.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-3773493367248507972</id><published>2009-11-05T15:22:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-11-06T16:09:42.099-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 8: Question Words</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’éichapa. How are things? Good, I hope. I have a little tweak on something we talked about last week, using oiko to mean something works. Like food that’s just ok,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; oiko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, it’s work, it’ll do the trick. And then I said that &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Oiko porã&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; means that it works well. Well apparently, there is a third level I was previously unaware of, the top level of "That really works very well," would be &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Oikoite&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. This is a combo we’ll learn about later, but just so you know, if you want to say that anything works really well, it’s &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;oikoite&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. If someone asks about the food they made you, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Oiko?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; The best thing you can say about it is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Oikoite&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Ok, now on to today’s lessons: Questions!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;For the most part, when a stranger comes up to in Paraguay and just starts jabblin’ in Guaraní, they’re probably asking you some kind of question. Who are you? What’s your name? Where’s the nearest liquor store? Today we’re going to figure out what those question are and how to answer. First we’ll look at how questions are formed in Guarani, then we’ll learn how to use those question words, such as who, what, when and where.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;As a mostly oral language, Guaraní doesn’t have question marks. Instead, they have little cabooses that show they’re asking a question. Let’s start looking at these while using our old buddy &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; as an example. You’ll remember that &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; means “what”. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;One of the cabooses you will hear to show that someone is asking “What?” is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);"&gt; Like, "whaaaat?" Sometimes you’ll also hear someone just say &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;piko&lt;/span&gt;. Mba’e piko.piko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. I picture this like in a cartoon when a question mark just pops over someone’s head. Or I guess you could translate it as like, “really?”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;You’ll hear &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;piko &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;a lot with that word &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;oĩ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, which mean to be, as in, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Oĩ pizza&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, “There’s pizza.” So to ask, “Is there pizza?”, you’d say &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Oĩ piko pizza&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. How would you say “Is there sushi?”  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Oĩ piko sushi? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Sometimes you will hear this shortened to just &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;iko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. In my host family, when the mom calls one of the kids, they always respond with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’eiko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;! Like, “Suzy!” “Whaaaaaat?” &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’eiko! &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;That sounds familiar, right? The two words kind of meld together. It’s not &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’e...iko. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;It’s &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’eiko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Another of these endings that will form a question is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;-pa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. You’ll hear this thrown in to the sentence wherever to show that the sentence is a question. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’epa &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;is another way to say “What?” You’ll also hear &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Chepa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, to mean, me? Like, “Go milk the cows." &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Chepa.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Also, sometimes when the siblings in my host family are fighting, one says, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’epa nde?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; And that is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’e &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;+ &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;pa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; +&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; nde&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, the word for “you”. It’s kind of like, “What’s your deal?” “What do you want?” &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’pa nde&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Another one that is invented and not in the Guaraní books is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;pio&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. My expert on the down and dirty street language laughed when I tried to find this in the books. He said it’s invented but also the one they use most. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’epio&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, you might hear. Or, you might just hear it shortened even more to just &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;io&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. Using &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;pio&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, how would you ask, “You?” &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Ndépio&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. How about “You’re going to speak?” &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Ndépio reñe’ẽta.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; How about “I’m going to speak?” &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Chepio añe’ẽta&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. How about “You’re going to speak in Guarani?”  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Ndepio reñe’ẽta Guaranime.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;In that example, you could put the question caboose, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;pio&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, after then noun, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;nde&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, or the verb, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;reñe’ẽ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. Or some people just throw them on the back of the sentence as if they really were question marks. I think it depends on what you’re question emphasizes. For example, this one is “You are going to speak in Guaraní," with the emphasis on you. If someone were going to say, “You’re going to skydive?,” the&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; pio&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; would probably come after the skydive. Think of which word sounds like it might be written in italics. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;We also need to go over one more tidbit. It’s kind of like &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;-kuri’&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;s twin brother, that steps in once it’s question. This is the caboose &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;-ra’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. You’re going to attach &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;-ra’e &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;to the back of verbs, as in questions about the recent past, such as, “Did you clean?” &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Ndépa remopotĩra’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. “Did they go out?” &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Ha’ekuérapio osẽra’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. Just like &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;-kuri, ra’e &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;is optional. You’re going to use it when it makes things clearer. But you can leave it off when it’s obvious that you’re asking about the past. If I say, “Did you clean yesterday,” I could phrase it as &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Kuehe remopotĩ piko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. And because I started out with the word for yesterday, it’s obvious that I’m talking about the past tense. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Now let’s figure out what those strangers might be mumbling to us in Guaraní. We can use that old reporter’s guide, the Who? What? When? Where? Why? How?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Number one, who? “Who used my ipod?” The word for “who” is spelled &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;máva&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, but I have never heard anyone pronounce the v in this word, so it comes out ma-a. So let’s use &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;piko &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;on this one. “Who used my ipod?” How would we start with “Who” as a question. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Máva piko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; then we’ll continue on, using the third person with that aireal verb "to use", which is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;poru&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. So now we have &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Máva piko oiporu&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, and then my ipod, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;che&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; ipod. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Máva piko oiporu che ipod.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;How about, "Who’s going to clean?" &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Máva piko omopotĩta.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; What does this mean: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Máva piko ojapo ko sushi.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;  "Who made this sushi?"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(***When someone says, "Did you hear that Stacy made out with that crazy guy?" And you want to say, "Stacy who?", in Guaraní you put the "who" before Stacy. So you'd say, "Máva Stacy?"***)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Something else you might hear with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;máva&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; is the caboose, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;ndi&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, with means “with”. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mávandi &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;is “with whom,” With whom am I rollin’ to the party? I’m going with Rebecca would be &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Aha Rebeccandi&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. How about, “I will work with Liam.” &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Amba’apota Liamndi.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; How about, “With whom will I speak?” using &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;pa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; as the question word. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mávandipa añe’ẽta.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Ok, so we got the who, now on to the what. You already know the word for what, which is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. One of the questions you’ll hear a lot with this is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’e rejapo&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, which means “What are you doing?” Kind of like, “What’s up?” &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’e rejapo&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; doesn’t have a &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;pa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; or a &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;piko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, right, so how will the other person know it’s a question? Well, would it make more sense for me to say, “Hey, what are you doing?” Or “Hey, what you do"? That’s just another lesson in the spirit of Guaraní, that if we know what you’re saying, no worries. So you’ll hear some questions without a question caboose, if it’s obvious that it’s a question. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Another phrase you’ll hear with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; as a question is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’epe&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, that pe which means “in, to or at.” In this case, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’epe&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, it’s mostly used as “in what.” If I say &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Ahata Brazilpe&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, “I’m going to Brazil,” someone might say, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’epe&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, In what. As in, am I going in a bus or in a plane. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Something else you’ll hear with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’e reipota&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. What does that mean? It means “What do you want.” Whoa, easy, a little rude, right? Not really in Guaraní, think of it as "May I help you?" &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;How would you ask, “What are you going to do today?”, putting the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;-pa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; ending on the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’epa rejapota ko’ara.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; How about “What are you making?”, again using &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;-pa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’epa rejapo hína. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;FYI, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; can also mean, "which"? As in "which one"? You also might hear this combined that word&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; oiko, mba’e piko oiko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, to mean, “What happened?”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;How about “when”? When is,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;akara’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. But this is more of a when in a general sense. If you’re asking when today, like what time, people are more likely to use, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’e óra&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, which is “what hour”, with the Guaraní “what” and Spanish &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;hora&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, (Guaranize to be spelled &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;óra&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;,) which is hour. You can also use &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’e día&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, which is “what day,” with the Spanish &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;día&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; for day. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Akara’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; is more for time in general. “When will I go” would be &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Araka’e piko ahata&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. What time are we cleaning today would be &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’e óra ñamopotĩta ko’ara&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. How about "When will you use my ipod?," using the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;-pa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; ending after &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;araka’e. Araka’epa reiporuta che ipod.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Ok, now how about where. Where is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;moõ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, like cows &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;moõ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. To remember this I thought, Where are the cows? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Moõ.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; Or that’s where. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Moõ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; I hear a lot with&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; piko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. Free beer! &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Moõ piko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. Or you might use this a lot with that&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; ime&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; verb we learned in the last podcast. To say "where is", like where is my sushi? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Moõ oime che sushi&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. A question you’ll hear all the time is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Moõ reho&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. Where are you going? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Moõ reho&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Reho&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; is the you form of "to go", wheras &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;aha&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; is the first person. We’ll get to irregular verbs in the next episode, although I really don’t want to because they suck. Anyway, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Moõ reho&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. So how would you say, "Where’s my sushi?" Using &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;-piko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Moõ piko oime che sushi.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; And what does this mean? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Moõ reho Suzyndi&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. “Where are you going with Suzy?”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;The idea of “why” is kind of broken into two parts. One is used more for the past tense. “Why did you punch your brother in face?” That one is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’ére&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. This is why. The other one is more “for what, why?” And that is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;ma’erã&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. (Also spelled marã) In Spanish, this is “&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;para que&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;.” I can’t help but think of that because my host mom always yells it at me when I spend money. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Para que&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; did you buy another pair of shoes. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;I guess you could say the &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’ére&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; is more about the past, about causes. Like if I said, I think my dog is sick, someone would say, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’ére&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;? Why? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Ma’erã&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; is more about the future. For what. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Ma’erã reipota y&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. “For what do you want water?" I think in a lot of cases you could use either one. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;How is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’éicha&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. You’ll use this alot with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;pa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. And now you realize that you’ve been walking around saying &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’éichapa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, which is just “How,” like a cartoon indian. When you’re not using it as a greeting, mostly you’ll use &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’éichapa &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;oiko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, to mean what’s the deal with something or how does something work. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Oiko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; comes from &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;iko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, that word that you’ll remember means to work or function. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’éichapa oiko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; the stock market. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’éichapa oiko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; quantum physics. You can also use it more literally, like, “How did you make this sushi?” &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’éichapa rejapora’e ko sushi. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Next we have &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mboy&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, which means how much or how many. You’ll use this in the store. Sometimes someone will pick up and item and just look at the cashier and say, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mboy&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. You can also use this with that verb &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;sẽ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;, which means to go out but also means to cost. If you want to ask how much something costs, you can just hold it up and say &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mboýpa osẽ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;. How would you say, “How many are there?” &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mboýpa oĩ.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;piko, pio, io: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;?, really?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;pa: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;máva:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; who&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;ndi:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;araka’e:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; when&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;moõ: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;where&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mba’ére: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;why&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;ma’erã:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; for what&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;mboy: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;how much&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;ra’e:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt; ? in past tense&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;1. When will I know? (use pa)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Araka’epa aikuaata?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;2. How much does this sushi cost? (use piko)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mboy piko osẽ ko sushi. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;3. Who will make pizza tonight? (use piko)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Máva piko ojapota pizza ko pyhare.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;4. What time do you all want to terere today?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Mba’e órapa petererese ko’ara. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;5. Where is my sushi? (pio)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Moõ pio che sushi.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;6. Mba’ere oiporura’e che y.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Why did they use my water?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;7. Ma’erãpio remopotĩta mandi’o.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;For what are you going to clean the mandioca? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;8. Mavandi ahata Brazilpe&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;With whom am I going to Brazil?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;9. Mba’éichapa peiko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;How ya’ll doin?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;10. Nde ikatu remopotĩ ko’ara&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(153, 102, 51);font-family:trebuchet ms;" &gt;Can you clean today?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-3773493367248507972?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/3773493367248507972/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/11/episode-8-question-words.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/3773493367248507972'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/3773493367248507972'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/11/episode-8-question-words.html' title='Episode 8: Question Words'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-101923002188925525</id><published>2009-10-05T12:27:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-06-14T19:30:00.329-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 7: Good Stuff and Aireals</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/Ss5hlhfCwPI/AAAAAAAAA20/YO9p-Dnlf4M/s1600-h/Chin+man+7+to+upload.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 239px;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/Ss5hlhfCwPI/AAAAAAAAA20/YO9p-Dnlf4M/s320/Chin+man+7+to+upload.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5390353101280690418" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Good Stuff was invented by my friend Mateo. Every so often he calls me and says I got some good stuff for ya, only he doesn’t use the word stuff. This means that he’s figured out how to say something really useful and just has to tell me. I grab a pen and he gives me a random list. Today for the first half of the episode I just got some Good Stuff for you. It’s just a random list of words that I looked at and I was like, “Ah! We haven’t gone over that yet.” Then in the second half of this episode my Good Stuff will ever so smoothly segue into talking about a kind of verb called Aireals.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Jaha.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, beginning with Good Stuff:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first one is just good times. This word is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;Cháke!&lt;/span&gt; It begins with a Ch, which should have an s-h sound, but people usually pronounce it just like it has an H. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Cháke che ra’a! &lt;/span&gt;you might say when someone is tripping. It can also be like when someone’s dancing all crazy, possibly doing the shimmy. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Cháke, Cháke!&lt;/span&gt; If someone starts doing the robot, you can just go straight for the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;nahániri&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next word I know I’ve mentioned, and everyone who’s in Paraguay knows what it is. But I don’t want to forget those of you who haven’t come to Paraguay yet. That word is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;terere&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Terere&lt;/span&gt; is a delicious iced drink made of crushed &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;yerba&lt;/span&gt; leaves. It’s also a custom that is so important, sitting around drinking &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;terere&lt;/span&gt;. It might just be more important than &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mandi’o&lt;/span&gt;, but that’s a pretty tough call.  We’ll have a whole terere lesson in the future, but for now I just want you to know what it is. It’s a noun, but you can also use it as a verb. To say, “Let’s drink terere,” you can just say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jaterere&lt;/span&gt;. To say, “I’m drinking terere”, it’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Aterere hína&lt;/span&gt;. What would be, “Just us are going to drink terere.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore roterereta.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next word is your friend. This word is&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt; ikatu&lt;/span&gt;. It means “can”, as in “Can Jimmy come out and play?” Or “to be able to.” To say, “I can go” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ikatu aha&lt;/span&gt;. The most beautiful thing about &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ikatu&lt;/span&gt; is that, like any strong woman, it doesn’t change for anybody. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ikatu, nde ikatu, ha’e ikatu... &lt;/span&gt;(fade)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ikatu&lt;/span&gt; is always before the other verb in a question, and we’ll learn how to ask questions in the next episode. But sometimes, in a statement, it will be tacked on like a caboose, but without the i. ***In this case, it means then, as in &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jahakatu&lt;/span&gt;, "Let´s go then."***&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ikatu &lt;/span&gt;also means “maybe” or “possibly.” Like, “Will you make me sushi tomorrow?” Eh, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ikatu&lt;/span&gt;. Just a warning, though, about the cultural use of this word. Paraguayans don’t like to say “no” directly, so a lot of times they say, “maybe,” which is “no.” So if someone asks them a question, like, “Will you come to my grandmother’s 90th birthday?”, they’ll just respond with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ikatu&lt;/span&gt;, which means “could be” and which means “no.” Once someone asked me if we’d do something later, and I said &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ikatu&lt;/span&gt; because I really did mean “maybe”. But he was mad because he thought I’d said “no.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next verb is the only other one in Guaraní that I know of that also doesn’t change for anybody. This is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt;. Wait, you say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt; means “him or her”. I know. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e&lt;/span&gt; suffers from multiple personality disorder. It could be “him or her,” and now I’m going to tell you that it is “to be” as well. And there will be one more definition coming down the line a little later.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“To be” is one big idea in English, right? You can be fat or be angry or be American or be in your house. “To be” encompasses a lot of things, from the temporary location where you are for five minutes to your origin that you will keep for your whole life. It can be an emotion that will pass or a physical trait that will never change.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;That’s not how it is in Guaraní. Guaraní follows that patterns of “to be” that Spanish follows. I’m going to use Spanish just as a reference for those of you who are familiar with it. If you don’t know Spanish, don’t worry about it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first kind of “to be” is the big kind of “to be”. In Spanish, this word is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ser&lt;/span&gt;. In Guaraní, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt; is this kind of “to be.” The work &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ser&lt;/span&gt; is derived from the same Latin root from which we derive “essence” in English, or so that’s what this here book says. I don’t usually go around throwing out knowledge of Latin roots. Anyway, with this kind of “to be,” we can think about everything that is more about the essence of a person, an inherent quality or characteristic. This is for big stuff like your origin. I am American. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ha’e Americana&lt;/span&gt;. Or your physical characteristics. I am blond. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ha’e rubia.&lt;/span&gt; Your profession. I am a volunteer. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ha’e voluntaria. &lt;/span&gt;Think of things that won’t change, just like the verb &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt; doesn’t change.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The thing about this &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt; is that people don’t use it all that often. Usually, in Guaraní, it’s more of like a “Me Tarzan, you Jane” kind of sound. “I am American” could be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che Americana&lt;/span&gt;. I am a volunteer, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che voluntaria&lt;/span&gt;. My Guaraní tutor said that because &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt; means so many things, people just leave it out.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The other kind of “to be” is kind that can change. This is the equivalent of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;estar&lt;/span&gt; in Spanish, and, says my book, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;estar&lt;/span&gt; is derived from the same Latin root as “state.” So then, this kind of “to be” is for temporary states or conditions. In Guaraní, this word is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ime&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So to say, “I am,” we’re going to say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che,&lt;/span&gt; then add the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;a&lt;/span&gt; like usual, then the verb, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ime. Che aime. &lt;/span&gt;I am.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, I am what? With this you’re going to use those temporary things, such as where you are. “I am in Paraguay” is going to be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che aime Paraguaipe&lt;/span&gt;. “You are in Paraguay.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde reime Paraguaipe.&lt;/span&gt; What would be “Paulita is in Yataity.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Paulita oime Yataitype.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There’s another Guaraní word for estar, to be, which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;iko&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Iko&lt;/span&gt; is more of that state, like “How are you?” “How are things going?” “How la living Biggie Smalls? That kind of how are you. Sometimes in a greeting, someone asks, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’echapa reiko?,&lt;/span&gt;  which is like, “How is it going?”, people will answer, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Aiko porã&lt;/span&gt;. Kind of like, “I’m living good.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oiko&lt;/span&gt; kind of means to work, as in to function. Paraguayans also use it as kind of like an, "eh, it works." Like if you throw a meal together from what you have, and it’s not the most delicious. You taste it and your buddy asks, “Is it good?” You’d could say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oiko&lt;/span&gt;. It’ll do the trick. If it is actually good, you might say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oiko porã.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;***&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oiko&lt;/span&gt; can also mean "to happen". &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba´e oik&lt;/span&gt;o is "What happened?"***&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There is also another way to describe states, such as being tired, but we’ll have to save that for another episode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Aireals&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you change the driver car for &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ime&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;iko&lt;/span&gt;, then, they’re going to have an &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ai&lt;/span&gt;, which makes this a dirty fakeout of another kind of verb, which is called an Aireal. It’s no big deal, so don’t panic. With Aireal verbs, all you’re going to do is add an &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;i&lt;/span&gt; after the normal verb beginning driver cars. That’s it. Just think these as a little kid on the train that says, “I want to ride up front.” So “i” is just riding up front, in the driver car. Hence, when these verbs are in the first person, they start with a &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ai&lt;/span&gt;, with second person &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rei&lt;/span&gt; and so on. So you might think when you hear &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;aime&lt;/span&gt; that it’s an Aireal, but it’s not. When we get to more complicated conjugations, it will be important to know the difference.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How about the rest of the aireals? How are you going to spot them? Well, mostly they are those that begin with k, p, n or s. But some begin with t. Over time as well, you’ll just here them and get used to the sound with the i in there.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s look at the aireal &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;kuaa&lt;/span&gt;, which means “to know” or “to understand.” Let’s practice the beginnings. Basically it’s just more of an “i” sound on the end. I know is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che aikuaa&lt;/span&gt;. You know. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde reikuaa.&lt;/span&gt; She knows. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e oikuaa. &lt;/span&gt;You all know. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ peikuaa.&lt;/span&gt; Just us know. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore roikuaa. &lt;/span&gt;We all know. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande jaikuaa. &lt;/span&gt;They know. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra oikuaa.&lt;/span&gt; The &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñande&lt;/span&gt; beginning will change to&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; ñai&lt;/span&gt; when the aireal verb is nasal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So how about “I know Suzy.” Here we’re going to revisit that caboose &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pe&lt;/span&gt;. When you have an action and someone is, excuse me, the direct object, meaning they receive the action directly, then you’re going to add a &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pe &lt;/span&gt;to the end of their name. These are called direct objects and we’ll talk more about them later. “I punch Suzy” is going to be “I punch Suzy&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pe&lt;/span&gt;”. When you have animals, you can either use it or leave it off. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-Pe&lt;/span&gt; is going to have a few more uses as we go along.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So let’s go back to “I know Suzy.” We’re going to say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che aikuaa Suzype&lt;/span&gt;. How about, “He knows Joan.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e oikuaa Joanpe&lt;/span&gt;. How would you say, “They know Tessa”? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra oikuaa Tessape.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Side note: You’re going to use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kuaa&lt;/span&gt; as a verb like this when you want to say you know a place or you know someone, but you’re going to use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kuaa&lt;/span&gt; as a caboose when you want to say you know how to do something. "I know how to speak" would be, Che &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;añe’ẽkua&lt;/span&gt;. So what would be, “I know how to speak in Guaraní”? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che añe’ẽkuaa Guaraníme&lt;/span&gt;. ***Sometimes kuaa as a caboose like this can also mean "to be able to". &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Remba'apokuaa&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ko'ãga &lt;/span&gt;can mean, "Can you work now?"*** End of side note.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another real aireal is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;pota&lt;/span&gt;, which means “to want.” “I want water” would be, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che aipota y&lt;/span&gt;. How about “She wants mandioca”? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e oipota mandi’o. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And here we have another side note, because, much like &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kuaa, pota&lt;/span&gt; is going “to be”, this is not a thing, but a verb. I’m not going to use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pota&lt;/span&gt; for this kind of want, when I want to do a verb. When I want to do something, I’m going to use a caboose, which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;-se&lt;/span&gt;. So I want to be in Paraguay will be&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Che aimese Paraguaype&lt;/span&gt;. “He wants to work” would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e omba’apose&lt;/span&gt;. How about “They want to know”? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra oikuaase.&lt;/span&gt; End of side note. Back to aireals.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another good one is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;poru&lt;/span&gt;. I use this a lot with the caboose &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-se&lt;/span&gt;, to say things like, “I want to use your scissors.” This sounds like weird phrasing in English, but &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;aiporuse&lt;/span&gt; is a common thing to hear in Guaraní.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now let’s review&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Your 10 new vocab words:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;terere:&lt;/span&gt; yerba drink&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ikatu: &lt;/span&gt;can, am able to&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ha’e:&lt;/span&gt; am, is, are&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ime: &lt;/span&gt;to be, location&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;iko: &lt;/span&gt;live, go&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;kuaa: &lt;/span&gt;to know&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;...kuaa:&lt;/span&gt; v.e. to know how&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;pota:&lt;/span&gt; to want&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;...se: &lt;/span&gt;v.e. to want to&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;poru: &lt;/span&gt;to use&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;1. I want to drink terere now&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che atererese ko’ãga.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;2. You can use my mandioca. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde ikatu reiporu che mandi’o.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;3. They are Paraguayans.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra ha’e Paraguayos.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;4. Jesus is in Brazil&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jesus oime Brazilpe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;5. We all want water. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande jaipota y.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now with the Guaraní first.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;6. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che aikuaa Carlospe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I know Carlos.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;7. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra omba’apokuaa.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They know how to work&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;8. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Fernando ha’e Paraguayo.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fernando is Paraguayan.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;9. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e oipuruse che camara ko’ẽrõ.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;He wants to use my camera tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;10. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e omopotĩse kuri kuehe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;She wanted to clean yesterday.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Extra credit:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;More aireal verbs: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;kotevẽ: &lt;/span&gt;to need&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;kytĩ:&lt;/span&gt; to cut&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;nupã: &lt;/span&gt;to hit, to beat (someone)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;piro: &lt;/span&gt;to peel&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;poka: &lt;/span&gt;to twist, to wring&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;pytyvõ:&lt;/span&gt; to help, to cooperate&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;su’u:&lt;/span&gt; to bite or chew&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;typei:&lt;/span&gt; to sweep&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;More aireal dirty fake-outs&lt;/span&gt;:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ike: &lt;/span&gt;enter&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;imo’ã:&lt;/span&gt; to think&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ity:&lt;/span&gt; to throw&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-101923002188925525?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/101923002188925525/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/10/good-stuff-and-aireals.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/101923002188925525'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/101923002188925525'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/10/good-stuff-and-aireals.html' title='Episode 7: Good Stuff and Aireals'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/Ss5hlhfCwPI/AAAAAAAAA20/YO9p-Dnlf4M/s72-c/Chin+man+7+to+upload.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-2881160611064170966</id><published>2009-09-21T14:12:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-10-08T15:06:37.536-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 6: Time</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/Ss5iTXrN34I/AAAAAAAAA28/BIqJNcsINdg/s1600-h/Chin+Man+6+to+upload.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 253px;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/Ss5iTXrN34I/AAAAAAAAA28/BIqJNcsINdg/s320/Chin+Man+6+to+upload.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5390353888921378690" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hello! How are things? Today we are going to be talking about time, but before we do I have a few announcements.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;1. It’s come to my attention that on the last episode I used a word in the review that I had taken out of the vocab list for that episode and hence never explained. I ask that you please just remember that I am grossly underpaid. However, I apologize.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;That word was &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;guereko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;. This means “to have”. So “I have” is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Che aguereko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;. This verb also has a shorter version, which is &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;reko&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;, which is what all the cool kids use, or at least I do. They’re interchangeable. I once heard a woman use one and then the other two sentences later. There will be a few instances of this, so let’s just establish now that when we have a review where you have to answer with the Guaraní, we’ll use the longer version of the word. But when it comes to listening and replying in English, you may hear one of the two forms. “I got mandioca” could be &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Che aguereko mandi’o&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt; or &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Che areko mandi’o&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;2. Here’s another point on the shorter version theme. We’re going to change it up a little and you might hear on the review some of those personal pronouns, like &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;che&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt; or &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;, go missing. Because the verbs are specific to people in &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Guaraní&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;, sometimes they just leave off the pronoun if it’s obvious. So “I got mandioca” could just be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Areko mandi’o&lt;/span&gt;. We’ll keep using pronouns when you have to answer in &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Guaraní&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;, but in listening, you’ll start to hear some of the sentences without pronouns and you’ll have to infer from which verb beginning is used who we’re talking about. So from &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jareko mandi’o &lt;/span&gt;you can tell from the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ja-&lt;/span&gt; beginning that it’s going to be, “We got mandioca.”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;3. Want to thank those who sent me e-mails and wish them good luck in your studies of esoteric indiginous languages of South America. As for the rest of you, I’d love to hear from you at guaranime@gmail.com for questions or rave reviews of the podcast. Please keep all complaints to yourself.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;4. You may have noticed that the podcast descriptions in iTunes have been looking a little funktified. All these tildes and accents are messing things up. So I will be going about the apparently quite complicated process of cleaning this up. When this is ready, if you’re listening to the podcast on an ipod, you can press the center button four times to see a word list as we go through.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Ok, party time. Wait, we don’t know how to say party time yet, so instead of party it will have to be work. Let’s pretend that I am working day and night, saving up for a teat lift for my pig I work in the morning. I work in the afternoon. I work at night. How do we say these things? Morning, noon, night?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Let’s start with the morning and look at how would we say, “I work during the morning.”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;You already know, “I work”. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che amba’apo&lt;/span&gt;. Now we need to know how to say, “during the morning.” Well, the word for morning is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;pyhareve&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Now the word you’re going to use that kind of means “during” is going to be a caboose that you latch on to whatever time you’re talking about. That caboose is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;...kue&lt;/span&gt;.  So, “during the morning” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pyharevekue&lt;/span&gt;. And “I work during the morning” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che amba’apo pyharevekue&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;What would be “We all work in the morning?” And remember that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mba’apo&lt;/span&gt; is a nasal verb.  &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande ñamba’apo phyharevekue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Side note: There are a few times when you’re not going to use the ...kue. For example, when something already happened, people usually use the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;...pe&lt;/span&gt;. We’ll learn how to use past tense in a minute. You can also use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;...pe&lt;/span&gt; when it’s just a momentary thing, more like “in the morning” instead of “during the morning”. Also, sometimes people just leave it off. “I’ll see ya in the morning” could just be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jajotopata pyhareve&lt;/span&gt;. And, as usually, people are really pretty loose with the rules on this. Also, I have found that the answer largely depends on who you ask. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;After the morning you have the early afternoon, mid-day, when you should be eating lunch then napping in the hammock. They call it “siesta” in Spanish. In &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Guaraní&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt; that is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;asaje&lt;/span&gt;.  So how would you say, “during siesta.”  &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;asajekue&lt;/span&gt;. How would you say, “Let’s go during siesta”?  &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jaha asajekue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;A little later you have the afternoon. This is kind of weird to Americans, because we don’t break up the afternoon into two parts. But this is the later of the two, when you’ve woken up from the nap and are drinking terere. That’s going to be called &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;ka’aru&lt;/span&gt;.  That’s a chopped word with an apostrophe right in the middle. Ka’aru.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt; So “during the afternoon” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; ka’arukue&lt;/span&gt;. How would you say, “I will come during the afternoon?”  &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ajuta ka’arukue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Next you naturally have night time. This is weird and confusing because the word for night sounds almost exactly like the morning. Night is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;pyhare&lt;/span&gt;.  How I remember the difference is that “ve” means “see” in Spanish. And since the word for morning has that “ve” on the end of it, I think, you see in the morning but not at night. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pyhare&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;ve&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;, morning. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Pyhare&lt;/span&gt;, night.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;There are other ways to describe when you do something, such as “I’m working right now.” The word for “now” is&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt; ko’ãga&lt;/span&gt;. Something that you’ll see a few different places is that &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ko.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ko&lt;/span&gt; means “this”. So you could kind of break this down to think, this second, now. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;How would you say, using &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hína&lt;/span&gt; as well for the -ing ending, “I’m working right now.”  &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che amba’apo hina ko’ãga&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Another example of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ko&lt;/span&gt; meaning “this” is the word for “today”, &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ko’ára&lt;/span&gt;.  Ko meaning “this” and ára meaning “day”. This day, today. How would you say, “Today we will all work”?  &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ko’ára ñande ñamba’apota.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Side bar tip: You can also use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ko&lt;/span&gt; with pyhareve to mean “this morning”, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ko pyhareve&lt;/span&gt;. Or with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;asaje&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ka’aru&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pyhare&lt;/span&gt;. “Tonight” would then be what?  “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ko pyhare&lt;/span&gt;.”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;To say yesterday you say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;kuehe&lt;/span&gt;.  &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Kuehe&lt;/span&gt;, all my troubles seemed so far away. And well, if we’re talking about yesterday we’re going to need to know how to use the past tense. Guaraní has an interesting system for using the past tense. There are a few different cabooses you could use, depending on if you’re talking about yesterday or back in your Nam days. Today we’ll just talk about the most common one. This is the caboose &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;...kuri&lt;/span&gt;.  “I worked yesterday” is going to be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che amba’apo kuri kuehe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Here’s a little tip on that one. If you mention the time frame before the verb, let’s say “Yesterday I worked.” If you’ve already said yesterday, you don’t have to add the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;...kuri&lt;/span&gt;. Many things are like this in &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Guaraní&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;. It’s like, if we get what you’re saying, you don’t have to worry about grammatical points. So “Yesterday I worked” could be&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Kuehe amba’apo kuri &lt;/span&gt;or just &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Kuehe amba’apo.&lt;/span&gt; We would never in English say “Yesterday I work”, but it flies in &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Guaraní&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;And let’s round out the vocab with the word for tomorrow, which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ko’ẽrõ&lt;/span&gt; . So in looking this up, it breaks down really interestingly. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ko’e&lt;/span&gt; is the verb which means “to wake up”, and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;rõ&lt;/span&gt; is the conditional, kind of like, if I wake up...then there will be tomorrow. We’ll learn about those words later, so don’t worry about remembering them now, I just love the way words are made up in &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Guaraní&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;. Let’s practice with, “Tomorrow you all will work”.  &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ko’ẽrõ peẽ pemba’apota&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;You already know another time-oriented phrase, which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha upéi&lt;/span&gt;? This literally means “and then?” People use it as a greeting, like “What’s up?” But you can also use it when people are telling a story. So I was met this hottie... “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha upéi&lt;/span&gt;?” Or you can just use it when talking. “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Amba’apokuri pyharevekue ha upéi asẽ&lt;/span&gt;.” What does that mean? “I worked in the morning and then I went out.”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Now let’s practice.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;1. I’ll do it tonight.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Che ajapota ko pyharekue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;2. They did it yesterday.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Ha’ekuéra ojapo kuri kuehe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;3. Auxi cleaned during the morning.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Auxi omopotĩ kuri pyharevekue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;4. Let’s go now.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Jaha ko’ãga.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;5. I will speak to Rossana tomorrow.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Che añe’ẽta Rossanape ko’ẽrõ.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Now switching to &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;Guaraní&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt; first.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;6. Jajotopata ko pyhare.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;We’ll see each other tonight.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;7. Ajuta asajekue.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;I’ll come during siesta.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;8. Ha’ekuéra osẽta ko pyhare.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;They’re going to go out tonight.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;9. Che ha’u y ko pyhareve.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;I drank water this morning.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;10. Oĩkuri mandi’o.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;There was mandioca.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;1.pyhareve&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;: morning&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;2. asaje: siesta&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;3. ka’aru: afternoon&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;4. pyhare: night&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;5. ...kue: during&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;6. ...kuri: past tense&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;7. ko’ãga: now&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;8. ko’ára: today&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;9. ko’ẽrõ: tomorrow&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(102, 51, 0);"&gt;10. kuehe: yesterday&lt;br /&gt;*guereko: to have&lt;br /&gt;*reko: to have&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-2881160611064170966?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/2881160611064170966/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/09/episode-6-time.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/2881160611064170966'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/2881160611064170966'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/09/episode-6-time.html' title='Episode 6: Time'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/Ss5iTXrN34I/AAAAAAAAA28/BIqJNcsINdg/s72-c/Chin+Man+6+to+upload.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-265961773934423737</id><published>2009-09-07T13:49:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-13T17:54:56.706-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 5: Nasal vs. Oral</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SqV3kiYFf2I/AAAAAAAAA1s/I1QdlorynHY/s1600-h/Chin+man+5+to+upload.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 238px;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SqV3kiYFf2I/AAAAAAAAA1s/I1QdlorynHY/s320/Chin+man+5+to+upload.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5378836799550750562" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today’s show is brought to you by the letter y.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today we’re talking about how the alphabet is different in Guaraní and what that means for your sanity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s dive right in and start with that letter &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;y&lt;/span&gt;? What is that? That’s the letter y, who unfortunately fell on his head in Paraguay and now is not quite right.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And, congratulations, because you just learned the word for water. Yes, water is now &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;y&lt;/span&gt;. Mmm, hmm, nothing like some ice cold y. Oh, and by the way,&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; ha’u&lt;/span&gt;, that word we learned for “I eat” is a word you can also use to mean “I drink”. “I drink water” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ha’u y&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now what about those other letters? Like a cheap soap opera in its 10th season, it turns out there’s an evil twin! Who has an evil twin? All the vowels, and even some constanants. And what must all evil twins have? A mustache! So, any time you see vowel with a mustache, or what some people might call a tilde, that means it’s going to make the whole word nasal. These are those words that sound like you’re holding your nose when you say them. For example, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;porã&lt;/span&gt;, that word that means good or pretty, has the nasal evil twin of the “a” at the end.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What other letters make a word nasal? The rule is that anything with n, m, or a evil twin letter is nasal. Sometimes even consonants have evil twins with mustaches. Accents do not count on this one. Words that are not nasal are called orals.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Why is being nasal so evil? Because like any good plot twist, it makes things more complicated. For example. Remember how the&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; ñande &lt;/span&gt;form has two beginnings and I said we’d talk about the second one later? The first one is the&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; ja-&lt;/span&gt;, right?. Well, the second you use when the verb is a dirty nasal. And that beginning is going to be &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ña-&lt;/span&gt;. (PAUSE) That’s an “n” with a tilde, just like the beginning for &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñande&lt;/span&gt;, so the beginning is also a nasal. You’ll notice the nasalies like to hang with their own kind.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s look at an example. Let’s say you have the verb: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;japo&lt;/span&gt;, to do or make. No n or m or evil twin in sight, which means this word is oral. So to say, “We make”, we’re going to use that regular ja- beginning and say: &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande jajapo&lt;/span&gt;. Now let’s take another, new verb, &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ñe’ẽ,&lt;/span&gt; which means “to speak”. This one’s got double evil twins, on the beginning n and the last e. “I speak” is going to be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che añe’ẽ&lt;/span&gt;. If you wanted to say, “We speak,” you can’t just use the&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; ja-&lt;/span&gt;. The ja- refuses to be in the same word with the nasal evil twins. The nasal evil twins poisoned his half-brother in season 4. So when a word has a m, n, or a nasal evin twin, you have to use the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ja-&lt;/span&gt;’s own evil twin, ña-. So then, if the verb “to speak” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñe’ẽ&lt;/span&gt;, then what is “we speak”?&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Ñande ñañe’ẽ&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñande&lt;/span&gt; form is the only verb beginning that changes with nasal vowels. But some other random stuff changes as well.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Remember that ending we learned &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pe&lt;/span&gt;, which means “in, to or at”? Well, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pe&lt;/span&gt; changes as well with nasals. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-Pe&lt;/span&gt; becomes &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;-me&lt;/span&gt;. You can see that the ending changes to have the “m” in it, one of the indicators of the dirty nasals. Remember they like to hang with their own kind.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As a desperate attempt to make sense of all this, let’s use the example, “We speak in Guaraní.” “We speak” is that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande ñañe’ẽ&lt;/span&gt;. And to say “in Guaraní”, you’re going to use that ending that means “in or at.” It’s a little different translation, as before we were talking like in a building, whereas now it’s in a language. We speak in Guaraní. So which would you use, the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pe&lt;/span&gt; or the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-me? &lt;/span&gt;Remember that the rule is that if a word contains a m, n or evil twin mustache, it’s nasal. So, since Guaraní has an “n” in it, we would use the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-me&lt;/span&gt;. So how would you say “We speak in Guaraní?”&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; Ñande ñañe’ẽ Guaraníme. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And now you get what &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Guaraníme&lt;/span&gt; means. “In Guaraní.” It also had this english, beer me kind of sock it to me in Guaraní sound that I liked. Anyway.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If I can just pop in a little side note tip here. When you use the word &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñe’ẽ&lt;/span&gt;, you’re also going to use that word ending caboose &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-pe&lt;/span&gt;, when mention who you’re talking to. You’ll put that on the end of someone’s name when you want to say you’re talking to them. I will speak to Carlito is going to be, “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che añe’ẽta Carlitope.&lt;/span&gt;” It’s kind of another translation of “to”, as in “to someone.” Ok, end of side note.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How about some more nasal verbie verbs. A good one that hopefully you’ll use is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;mba’apo&lt;/span&gt;. There’s that sneaky m-b beginning. This word means “to work.” So “I work” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che amba’apo&lt;/span&gt;. One of the things you’ll hear among people just passing in the street, when the other asks what they’re doing, is they’ll say, “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Amba’apo hína&lt;/span&gt;.” I’m workin’ hard hard for the money, basically. Being hardworking is highly valued in Paraguay, so don’t be afraid to brag about it. So what would be, “We all work.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ñande ñamba’apo.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next word translates to this all-purpose spanish word “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;salir.&lt;/span&gt;” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Salir&lt;/span&gt; is one of those words with a definition three inches long. It can mean to go out, to leave, to appear, to cost, to date someone or to turn out, as in “How’d your pizza turn out?” The word in Guaraní is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;sẽ&lt;/span&gt;. “I go out” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che asẽ&lt;/span&gt;. “I’m going to go out” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che asẽta&lt;/span&gt;. “I’m going to go out too” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che asẽta avei&lt;/span&gt;. What would be “Just us are going to go out”? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore rosẽta.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One more nasal verb, which means to clean, is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;mopotĩ&lt;/span&gt;. "I’m going to clean" would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che amopotĩta&lt;/span&gt;. How about “You all cleaned already”? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ pemopotĩma.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;***&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Of what we’ve already studied, only one other word changes with the nasal. However, caution: almost no one uses this. I’m almost reluctant to mention it. It’s kind of like the use of “whom” in English. People who know how to use it, do, and people who don’t know how to use it don’t, and roll their eyes at the people who do. So, store this in whatever compartment of your brain you want, or don’t. But just to let you know, that technically, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-kuéra&lt;/span&gt; plural ending changes to &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;-nguera&lt;/span&gt; when the noun is nasal. I’m not going to use this on the podcast because my goal is to teach people to speak like Paraguayans, not like ruler-weilding Guaraní professors. And we’re not going to really count it as a vocab word.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But while we’re on the topic, what are some nasal nouns? A very important one is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;mba’e&lt;/span&gt;. There’s a sneaky little m on the front of that word, in the letter combination m-b that you’ll hear a lot. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e&lt;/span&gt; is a very key word. It’s the basis of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mba’echapa&lt;/span&gt;. By itself it means “what.” It also means “thing” or “situation”. In my little dictionary there’s a whole column of words that begin with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;mba’e&lt;/span&gt;. So, if you want to say “things”, plural, you would technically say, “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e nguera&lt;/span&gt;,” and people would stare at you like how my friend stared at me when I tried to pull that one out. He shook his head and said “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e kuéra, boba&lt;/span&gt;,” which means, “Just say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e kuéra&lt;/span&gt;, you idiot.” Again, shame will be your best teacher.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another nasal noun is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;akã&lt;/span&gt;, which means “head”. Let’s try an example with this. Let’s say for example that someone asks if you need to write a phone number down, but you have it memorized. How would you say, “It’s already in my head”? I’ll remind you that “it is already” is going to be that “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;oĩma&lt;/span&gt;” that we went over in episode 4. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Oĩma che akãme. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To round out our 10 vocab words, let’s throw out &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;mandi’o&lt;/span&gt;, which is like the dinner roll of Paraguay. It’s a root vegetable, “yuca” in English, that they eat with everything. Gotta have the mandi’o. It’s got that “m”, so it’s nasal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At first, it will be difficult in conversation to pick out what is nasal and what’s oral and know what to use. But over time, you’ll pick up on it and know which is which. When you get to that point, call me and tell me what it’s like.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;y: water&lt;br /&gt;ña-: nasal v.b. for we&lt;br /&gt;ñe’ẽ: to speak&lt;br /&gt;-me: nasal ending for in, to, at&lt;br /&gt;mba’apo: to work&lt;br /&gt;sẽ: to go out, leave, turn out&lt;br /&gt;mopotĩ: to clean&lt;br /&gt;mba’e: what, thing, or situation&lt;br /&gt;akã: head&lt;br /&gt;mandi’o: mandioca&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;***BIG FAT JERK-FACE ALERT!*** I am a big fat jerk-face because I put a word in the review that I was going to put in this episode but cut, and hence never explained. That word is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;guereko&lt;/span&gt;. It's a verb that means "to have." I will be caned for my carelessness in episode 6.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Continue on if you can ever learn to trust again...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;1. You have water. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Nde reguereko y.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;2. I will speak to Pedro. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Che añe’ẽta Pedrope.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;3. You’re all going to go out.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Peẽ pesẽta.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;4. I have it in my head.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Che aguereko che akãme.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;5. I will eat mandioca. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ha’uta mandi’o.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now Guaraní first.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;6. Opa che y. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;My water’s all gone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;7. Ha upéi?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And then?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;8. Che ha’e mba’e kuéra Guaraníme. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I say things in Guaraní.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;9. Oĩma che mandi’o.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;My mandioca’s ready.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;10. Opa che ra’a.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All done man.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, that’s it. If you’re studying with flashcards, I would suggest that you somehow mark on one side or the other if something is nasal or oral, or if it’s used with nasals or orals. It will help you learn. Hope you appreciated today's lesson and all the "That's what she said" jokes I repressed to preserve your innocence.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-265961773934423737?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/265961773934423737/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/09/episode-5-nasal-vs-oral.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/265961773934423737'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/265961773934423737'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/09/episode-5-nasal-vs-oral.html' title='Episode 5: Nasal vs. Oral'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SqV3kiYFf2I/AAAAAAAAA1s/I1QdlorynHY/s72-c/Chin+man+5+to+upload.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-2106840711306239754</id><published>2009-08-23T13:52:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-08-24T10:56:18.351-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 4: How &amp; Why</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SpLUN21fuRI/AAAAAAAAAzM/Z1_0A3fjXoQ/s1600-h/Chin+Man+4+to+upload.jpg"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5373590639929702674" style="DISPLAY: block; MARGIN: 0px auto 10px; WIDTH: 320px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 241px; TEXT-ALIGN: center" alt="" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SpLUN21fuRI/AAAAAAAAAzM/Z1_0A3fjXoQ/s320/Chin+Man+4+to+upload.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;Mba’e la porte. I’m Paulita and this is Guaraníme. You’ve probably been hit with a lot of doubts about Guaraní, about your ability to learn it, or about it being worth it. So in this episode we’re going to step back and take a look at the big picture. The how and the why you’re going to do this. Then for vocab we’re just going to throw out 10 fun phrases you can start using right away.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I took my recorder to go talk to my buddies Sasha and Mateo about their experience with Guarani. Both of them have been studying the language since they arrived and are pretty much conversing full time in Guarani. (Listen to the podcast for their tips.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I think they said it pretty well, but just wanted to say, not knowing Guarani sucks. I sit there while people are telling jokes, all laughing. Day in, day out. It sucks.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For a while I used to get mad because Paraguayans wouldn’t speak Spanish around me. But Spanish is not their language, Guaraní is.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Even if my Guaraní is never perfect, knowing a little and continuing to learn it is fun. I can yell back at creepy guys on the street when they say creepy things to me in Guaraní. I can chat with little old ladies sitting on their porches, and when I do, they giggle and go ‘Oh’ and clap their hands. Don’t you want to make little old ladies giggle and clap?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It boils down to the fact that if you know Guaraní, your time in Paraguay will be more fun.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, so that covers the Why, Now let’s move onto the how. From my experience and some Googling, here are those 10 tips to help you learn Guaraní.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;1. Find a buddy. &lt;/span&gt;Find someone else in this whole wide world who is also trying to learn Guaraní. There’s actually a Facebook group called Guaraní. Go there and hunt for someone. This will give you someone to practice and comiserate with. It will also keep you from quitting. You can write each other little Guarani emails.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;2. Make flashcards. &lt;/span&gt;I take a 3x5 card from the life supply my family sent me. I fold it in half lengthwise then widthwise, then cut it into four. You can also just use paper. I write the Guaraní word on one side and the definition on the other, old-school style, and make endless stacks. That photo I use on my podcast is my stack of flashcards piled up next to my guampa, the cup used for drinking terere. I think I have about a million. Go through the stacks, quizzing yourself, from both sides of the card. This way you keep track of each word, and you know it won’t leave your stack until you’ve learned it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;3. Get all the parts down. &lt;/span&gt;I recently learned that a different part of your brain activates when you hear a word than when you see it, so you’ve got to get these words all up in every part of your brain. That means thinking about hearing, speaking, reading and writing. Though, ok, no one’s going to kill you if you never learn to read or write in Guaraní. For me, unfortunately, I learned that I’m a visual learning. People tell me words but, until I write it down, it just flies though my head. So the cards work for me. But I also make sure I’m actively listening and making myself try new words, so that the words don’t just become letters on a card, but sounds in my mind as well. Also, if you get bored doing one thing, like reading flash cards, you can change to something, like listening to the podcast again or yelling at stray dogs in Guaraní, so that you can be less bored but still be working on your language skills.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;4. Work with mnemonic devices.&lt;/span&gt; Get a picture in your mind when learning a word, or make up a funny litte pun story. Make up a dirty joke about it, whatever makes you laugh and makes the word stick. This can get tough because Guaraní is so different from anything your brain has every heard before. I mean, what kind of device am I going to use to remember that myaky means wet? You have to get pretty creative. Whenever I think of it, I’ll try to share the ones I use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;5. “Never despair, but if you do, work on in despair.” &lt;/span&gt;That’s one of my favorite quotes by a guy named Edmund Burke. Even if the frustration inside you says that you’ll never learn Guaraní, there has to be some part of you that knows that if you just learn 3 words a day, you’ll be able to speak Guaraní in a year. And you will be awesome. (1,000 words, by the way, is how many they say you need to get by in a language.) So every time you catch yourself saying, I’ll never learn Guaraní, go study for 10 minutes. If all is lost, take a day, eat some ice cream, then keep going. If I can learn Guaraní, with frequent bouts of despair and all, anyone can.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;6. Start speaking as soon as you can.&lt;/span&gt; Prepare to be laughed at. After a few times, the laughter will stop, conversation will begin. I still remember the first time I said something in Guaraní and it wasn’t like, "Ha ha, Paulita said something in Guaraní." I had said I’m going to eat lunch, and they just said, “Ok, jajotopata.” And I was like, “It works!” This also helps you attach Guaraní to real life, helps you realize that this really is just normal every day speech for some people in the world, the people you now hang out with.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;7. Don’t be mad at Guaraní.&lt;/span&gt; Don’t ask Guaraní, why Guaraní, why? Why are you so complicated? Why do you have so many little rules? Why do you make my throat hurt? We don’t ask why, we just ask how. Sometimes you will come across something, and it will just freak you out. When I found out about the existence of the subjunctive tense in Spanish, I was mad for 6 months before I accepted it and sat down to learn it. I probably could have had it down in two months if I had used my pissy energy for studying. If something is making you mad or frustrated, you just have to say, I’m not going to learn that today. You might have to listen to the podcast again in a few weeks, or read the lesson over and over. That’s ok. If you can’t seem to get past something, ask someone else to explain it. It might just be that you need to look at it from a different angle. You just have to accept Guaraní for what Guaraní is, a crazy little language that’s almost nothing like English, and decide to learn it or not. If it feels hard and frustrating, that’s because it is hard and frustrating, but so are a lot of things worth doing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;8. Get a local tutor. &lt;/span&gt;This can be a professor that you pay, that you might even be able to get Peace Corps to pay for, if you´re a volunteer, or this could just be your little host brother that you pay with lollypops. Either way, you’re working with someone in the community, showing that you’re hard-working, and giving others around you a sense of responsibility and pride in your learning their language.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;9. Do today’s work.&lt;/span&gt; Don’t let your mind wander to how you didn’t study yesterday, or how you’ll never get past this part. Just do today. They don’t welcome little kids to kindergarten and say, This will take you 12 years. They just say, This is the letter A. Just get what you need done each day, inch along from where you are, and soon you will have climbed Mt. Guarani.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;10. Start now. &lt;/span&gt;Oh look, you already did. Good for you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, so, let’s just a little fun for the love of Pete. Today we’re just going to go over 10 things that are just fun to say in Guaraní. No big gramatical concepts, just stuff you can start using immediately. I’ll pause after each new word for repetition.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first is &lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;E’a&lt;/span&gt;. It’s just kind of like a gasp or like “Oh!” in Guaraní. Like if I told my host mom, I ate 15 empanadas for lunch. She’d say “&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;E’a!&lt;/span&gt;”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This next is like a the nicer version of a cuss word, kind of like saying poop instead of the sh*t. It’s &lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Nde rasóre&lt;/span&gt;. I’ll let you figure out the cuss word and what it means on your own. This is used like the Guaraní version of “Darn it!”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next phrase is &lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;che ra’a&lt;/span&gt;. You’ve got the &lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;che&lt;/span&gt;, which in this case means “my” and &lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;ra’a&lt;/span&gt; means son. A lot of times I hear it more like “che ra.” Anyway, people use it, mostly between men, kind of like “man”. You’ll hear this a lot with &lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Nde rasóre&lt;/span&gt;. “&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Nde rashore che ra’a&lt;/span&gt;.” Or it could be combined with &lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;E’a&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;E’a che ra’a&lt;/span&gt;. The other day I heard a terrible story on the radio, and the announcer ended it with “&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;terible che ra’a&lt;/span&gt;.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another good one to follow up with &lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Che ra’a&lt;/span&gt; is &lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Nahaniri&lt;/span&gt;, which means “no.” People just use “no” as well, but &lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;nahaniri&lt;/span&gt; is kind of like more for emphasis. Like when a little kid picks up your camera, you can say, “&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Nahaniri che ra’a&lt;/span&gt;.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And if you know how to say “No,” now we got to throw in there yes. It’s a good one. The word is “&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Héẽ&lt;/span&gt;.” We’ll be going over nasal stuff in the next episode. It’s just really fun to say. Once you know it, you’ll hear it all the time, when one person is talking, and the other’s just leaning back saying, “&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Héẽ, Héẽ&lt;/span&gt;,” like, yeah, yeah.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next is like “let’s go!” And it’s the &lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;ñande&lt;/span&gt; form, that inclusive we, of to go. You’ll remember that the Ñande form is usually going to start with that ja- sound. And if “I go” is &lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;aha&lt;/span&gt;, let’s all go is &lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;jaha&lt;/span&gt;. So whenever we’re all waiting around to head out somewhere, one person usually stands up and says &lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Jaha&lt;/span&gt;! It’s one of those words that is so universal, volunteers use it amongst themselves all the time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This next one you’ll use a lot. I know I did. It was one of the first things I learned in Guaraní. The word is &lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Nantendei&lt;/span&gt;. This means “I don’t understand”. When I lived with my first family, every time I said this word sparked about three minutes of laughter and the repeating of “&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;nantendei&lt;/span&gt;” followed by more hoots of laughter. I got used to it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Next and nearly as important is the &lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Ndaikuaái&lt;/span&gt;. This means “&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;I don’t know.” Sometimes it’s used alone or you can put the “&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Che&lt;/span&gt;” in front of it, “&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Che ndaikuaái&lt;/span&gt;”. I started using this with my current host family, and for months they found it hilarious to just walk around shaking their heads and saying ”&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Ndaikuaái. Ndaikuaái&lt;/span&gt;.” I got used to it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then there’s the word for “Ok,” which is &lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Oĩma&lt;/span&gt;. The parts literally break down into “It is already.” Or it could also mean that something is ready. &lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Oĩma&lt;/span&gt;. Ready. So like when you’re trying to negotiate for a house to rent, and you’ve already talked everything out and all there is left to do is shake hands, you can say, “&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Oĩma&lt;/span&gt;.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There’s another word you can throw out to mean finished. That’s &lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold; FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Opa&lt;/span&gt;. When you’re all done washing your clothes, you can lift up your hands and huff and say, “&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Opa&lt;/span&gt;.” A lot of times you’ll hear this combined with the ending for already, -ma. “&lt;span style="FONT-STYLE: italic"&gt;Opama&lt;/span&gt;.” Is kind of like, Finished already.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;e’a: Oh! (gasp)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;nde rasóre: Darn it&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;che ra’a: my son, used between men&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;nahániri: no&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;heẽ: yes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;jaha: let´s go&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;ndaikuaái: I don´t know&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;nantendei: I don´t understand&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;oĩma: ready&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;opa: done&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;1. What’s the word for “Oh!”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;E’a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;2. How do you say, “Ok!” or “Ready”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Oĩma&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;3. How do you say, “I don’t understand,” using it with the word for “I”.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Che ndaikuaái&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;4. How do you say, “Let’s go!”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Jaha&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;5. How do you say, “Finished!”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Opa&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;6. What would you say if you slammed your finger in the door?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;nde rasóre&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;7. What would you say if someone asks if you want to drink terere (hint: this is always Yes)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Héẽ&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;8. What would you say if someone just walks up to you and starts speaking in Guarani?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Nantendei&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;9. How do you stop a kid from picking up your camera?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Nahaniri.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;10. What’s the phrase meaning “my son” that you use kind of like “man.”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Che ra’a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ok, now we’re going to move on to the Review. You might need a t-ray break in between.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;1. Yes, I will go to Paraguay.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Heẽ, ahata Paraguaype.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;2. Let’s go to Paraguay.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Jaha Paraguaype.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;3. I already finished all my pizza.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Opama che pizza.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;4. My pizza’s ready.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Oĩma che pizza.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;5. You’re all making pizza already.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Peẽ pejapoma pizza.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;Now we’re switching to the Guarani first...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;6. Che ha’uma che sushi.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I ate my sushi already.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;7. E’a, che ha’u nde pizza.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Oh, I ate your pizza.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;8. Jaha Paraguaype.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s go to Paraguay.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;9. Nde rasóre!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Darn it!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="FONT-WEIGHT: bold"&gt;10. Opama&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All done!&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-2106840711306239754?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/2106840711306239754/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/08/episode-4-how-why.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/2106840711306239754'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/2106840711306239754'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/08/episode-4-how-why.html' title='Episode 4: How &amp; Why'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SpLUN21fuRI/AAAAAAAAAzM/Z1_0A3fjXoQ/s72-c/Chin+Man+4+to+upload.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-783770142844371831</id><published>2009-08-09T11:05:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-08-14T04:48:27.573-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 3: Humble Beginnings</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SoSJlOTqeCI/AAAAAAAAAy4/r1nhHbo0wq0/s1600-h/Chin+man+3+to+upload.gif"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 239px;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SoSJlOTqeCI/AAAAAAAAAy4/r1nhHbo0wq0/s320/Chin+man+3+to+upload.gif" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5369567928321210402" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e la porte. Che&lt;/span&gt; Paulita and this is Guaraníme. Today we’re going to talk more about what your mean old grammar teacher called personal pronouns. These are those stand-in words we use so we don’t have to keep repeating names over and over: I, he, she, them, us. We’ll also talk about the verb beginnings for each pronoun.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As we already learned, we use the word &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che&lt;/span&gt; when referring to ourselves. Remember how to say “I make?”, as in “I’m making pizza... &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che ajapo pizza&lt;/span&gt;. When the action is going on right now, you can choose to use that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hina&lt;/span&gt; verb ending or leave it off. Today we’re going to leave it off, for simplicity’s sake. We’re going to use&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; japo&lt;/span&gt; throughout the episode, as we talk about the verb beginnings, those driver cars, that go with every pronoun, such as the&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; a &lt;/span&gt;beginning that goes with the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ajapo pizza. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So, I am &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che&lt;/span&gt;. Who are you? To say you in Guaraní is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;nde&lt;/span&gt;. The word begins with n-d, but you barely hear that n and it’s practically all d. You actually already learned this in Episode 1, when saying &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha nde&lt;/span&gt;. To break that down, &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ha&lt;/span&gt; means “and” and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;nde&lt;/span&gt; is "you". &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha nde.&lt;/span&gt; I could go for a delicious cocktail. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha nde?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s see how that sentence “I make pizza”, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ajapo pizza&lt;/span&gt; changes when we want to say “You make pizza.”  Instead of the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che&lt;/span&gt; we’re going to use &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;nde&lt;/span&gt;. The verb, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;japo&lt;/span&gt;, is going to stay the same, but we’re going to change the “ah” sound on the front. Instead of the “ah” that you use for first person, you’re going to put &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;re-.&lt;/span&gt; That’s the verb beginning, the driver car, for the second person, for you. So then how are we going to say “You make pizza.”? &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde rejapo pizza.&lt;/span&gt; Now in some areas of Paraguay, they leave off the r when pronouncing words, and you’ll just hear like &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ejapo.&lt;/span&gt; So just be aware of that. Like in Episode 2 when my buddy didn’t really pronounce the v in &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;avei&lt;/span&gt;. It’s kind of like that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Guaraní, there’s also a “you all,” or “ya’ll” where I come from. This would be the Spanish equivalent of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ustedes&lt;/span&gt;. In Guaraní, it’s &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ&lt;/span&gt; is spelled like pee, as in, I drank terere for an hour and now I have to pee. The last e has a tilde on it, which kind of makes it sound like you’re holding your nose while you say it, and with all the latrines in Paraguay, you may very well be. We’ll talk more about accents and tildes later.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Just like we did for &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nde&lt;/span&gt;, we’re going to change the verb beginning for &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;peẽ&lt;/span&gt;. This beginning for &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;peẽ&lt;/span&gt; gives us a nice little shortcut. Yes, we love shortcuts. The verb beginning is just &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;pe-&lt;/span&gt;. You just cut off that nasal “e” and you got yourself a verb beginning. So then what would be “Ya’ll make pizza.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Peẽ pejapo pizza&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To say “him” or “her” you’re going to say &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;Ha’e&lt;/span&gt;, which is another one of those words with the apostrophe right smack in the middle. This verb is not gender specific, so people who speak Guaraní don’t have to worry about the whole awkward post-sex-change “him” or “her” choice.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The verb beginning when it is him or her doing the action, is going to be an &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;o-&lt;/span&gt;. And it takes that same sound “oh”. So, then, “He makes pizza” is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e ojapo pizza.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If one person, him or her, is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt;, then multiple people, lots of hims and hers, aka “them” is just going to be the plural form of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt;. That makes sense. How do you make words plural in Guaraní? Whereas in English we ususally put just an S on the end, in Guaraní you put a big long &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;kuera&lt;/span&gt; caboose. This doesn’t apply for all words, but we’ll go with it for now and I’ll explain more when we get into detail later. So if "he" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt;, then them will be &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ha’ekuéra&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For the verb beginning of “them,” we have another wonderful shortcut. The verb beginning is the same as for him or her. It’s just an &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;o-&lt;/span&gt;! Oh happy day. So, then, “They make pizza” is going to be.... &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’ekuéra ojapo pizza&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Perhaps one of the most unusual things about Guaraní is how they break apart the we. Let me explain. Have you ever been walking with a hottie, maybe lookin’ to make out and you come across a friend on the street. You say, “We’re going to the beach.” And they say, “The beach! What a great idea, I’ll get my suit.” And you’re like, Whompty whomp. Will not be making out any time soon. Well, the Paraguayans have come up with an ingenious way to never have their make-out plans foiled again.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They break up the concept of “we” into the inclusive and exclusive. Inclusive is when you want to include everyone. The word they use is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ñande&lt;/span&gt;. This is inclusive because it includes everyone who is present. Then there is the exclusive, which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ore&lt;/span&gt;, which excludes the listener and refers to a smaller group that makes up the “we.” How I remember this is that &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ore&lt;/span&gt; is spelled like core, without the c, so I think of it as the core group, cuttin’ the fat. If you used &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ore&lt;/span&gt; as the "we" in “we are going to the beach,” the person you are speaking to would know that, in this case, three’s a crowd. But if you used &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñande&lt;/span&gt;, it would be like an invite, because using the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñande&lt;/span&gt; form is kind of a way to say, “Let’s!” So it would kind of be like “Let’s go to the beach!”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These are not hard and fast rules. A lot of times people just go for the inclusive &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ñande&lt;/span&gt;, even when they’re talking about just a few people.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So, if you want to invite someone, you would use the inclusive. The verb beginning of the pronoun ñande is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ja-&lt;/span&gt; (OK, so this can change, in ways I’ll explain later. But I don’t want to scare away those three subscribers still clinging on.) For now, just focus on the&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; ja-&lt;/span&gt;. How are we going to say, “We all make pizza.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Nande jajapo pizza.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, if you have the date situation. You and the hottie are going to make some pizza, You’re going to use the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ore&lt;/span&gt; form, so that no one invites themselves along. The verb beginning you’re going to use is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;ro-&lt;/span&gt;. It’s like ore turned backwards without the e. How are you going to say, “We are going to make pizza.” (Hint: Don’t forget to add on that -ta for the future to the verb.) &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore rojapota pizza. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Oh sweet lord, you’ve had a long day.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I think we’ve had some good practice already. But I’m also going to start something at the end of every episode, which I’ll call Putting it all together. Maybe I’ll even find a little theme song for the segment. Anyway, we’re going to practice, drawing on words we’ve already gone over throughout the podcast. I don’t want anything from way back getting dusty in your brain. We don’t have a whole lot to work with just yet, but as time goes one, we will. Ok, let’s go. For the first five, you’re going to get English first, then respond in Guaraní. For the next five, it will be Guaraní first, then the translation in English.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Putting it all together.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;1. You make sushi too.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;     Nde rejapo sushi avei. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;2. I’m going to go to Paraguay.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;     Che ahata Paraguaype. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;3. I ate already.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;     Che ha’uma. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;4. They’re making sushi.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;     Ha’ekuéra ojapohina sushi. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;5. You all make sushi well. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;          Peẽ pejapo porã sushi. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;6. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che aha avei.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    I’m going too.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;7. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ore rojapoma sushi.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    We (just us) already made sushi.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;8. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ajuhina.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    I’m coming.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;9. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha’e ojapo sushi Japanpe.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    He makes sushi in Japan. (We’re just going to use the English word for “Japan” for this one.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt; Ñande jajapota sushi!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   We’re all going to make sushi!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10ish Vocabies for Today!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;ha: and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; nde: you, your&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; re-: v.b. for you&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; peẽ: you all&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; pe-: v.b. for you all&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; ha’e: him or her&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; ha’ekuéra: them&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; o-: v.b. for him, her or them&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; ñande: we all (inclusive)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; ja-: v.b. for we all&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; ore: just us&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; ro-: v.b. for just us&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-783770142844371831?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/783770142844371831/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/08/episode-3-who-you-talkin-to.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/783770142844371831'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/783770142844371831'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/08/episode-3-who-you-talkin-to.html' title='Episode 3: Humble Beginnings'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SoSJlOTqeCI/AAAAAAAAAy4/r1nhHbo0wq0/s72-c/Chin+man+3+to+upload.gif' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-6877098965447194683</id><published>2009-08-09T10:45:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-08-13T14:55:26.415-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 2: All About You</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SoSLuUrmwzI/AAAAAAAAAzA/xewt9hVBsos/s1600-h/Chin+man+2+to+upload.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 237px;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SoSLuUrmwzI/AAAAAAAAAzA/xewt9hVBsos/s320/Chin+man+2+to+upload.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5369570283674321714" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It’s important to start speaking as soon as possible, and the thing we can all talk most about is ourselves. So I’m going to use the first person to introduce some topics, which we can expand on later.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So, who are you, in Guaraní. I’m me, you want to say. In Guaraní, that’s &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;che&lt;/span&gt;.  &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che Paulita&lt;/span&gt;, I would say.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che &lt;/span&gt;means me, I, or my. Remember last episode we learned the word&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; avei&lt;/span&gt;, which means “as well”? Well now you know how to say "me too", which would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che avei&lt;/span&gt;. So when you greet someone and they say &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che aipora&lt;/span&gt;, or “I’m good,” you can say, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che ave&lt;/span&gt;i. Me too.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now because we want to get speaking as soon as possible, we’re going to get to that other thing you need for a sentence, a verb.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And our first verb is&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;japo&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Japo&lt;/span&gt; means "to do or to make." These concepts, which are separate in English, are combined into one word in Guaraní, like &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hacer&lt;/span&gt; in Spanish.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You’ll remember that Guaraní verbs are like trains. The verb by itself is like a lonely car. It needs the conductor to drive. So who’s driving this train?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When it’s me driving the train, when I’m doing or making something, we’re going to put an &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;a&lt;/span&gt; in the front, which takes the soft a sound like the Spanish &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;a&lt;/span&gt;. There are separate beginning for each different pronoun, such as he, we, them, which we’ll discuss in the next episode. Right now let’s talk more about you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So when someone asks you, “Who’s making dinner?” You can say “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ajapo&lt;/span&gt;.” I’m making it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For almost all verbs, the root, such as &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;japo&lt;/span&gt;, will stay the same, and you will just change the front sound for the personal pronoun. But what fun would life be without irregular verbs?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So what are some irregular verbs we can start with. How about “I go.” To say “I go”, you’re going to start with that same &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che&lt;/span&gt; and add the verb, &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;aha&lt;/span&gt;. Che aha. There’s still that same “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;a&lt;/span&gt;” sound in the front there for the first person, so that’s good. What else? If you’re going somewhere, then you must be coming to another place, so to say I’m coming is “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;aju&lt;/span&gt;.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here’s one more irregular that you’re going to use a lot. This is one of the few that does not have the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;a&lt;/span&gt; in front. It means “I eat.” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;ha’u&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To say, "I say", its &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;che &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;ha’e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;. One of the phrases used her to mean I agree is “&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ha’e avei&lt;/span&gt;.” Literally, "I say also."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now you have the conductor car, the verb cargo car, but what about those cabooses, the suffixes if you want to be boring, that latch on to the back of the words to change their meaning?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;First, let’s think of some in English. Let’s say "to go", which is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;aha&lt;/span&gt;. And "I go" is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che aha&lt;/span&gt;. Well what about "I’m going", with that -ing that indicates that the action is going on right now? In Guaraní, that ending is &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;hina&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next two endings I want to give you also have to do with time. If things are occuring presently, with &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;hina&lt;/span&gt;, then what about things that will occur in the future? For this, you add a &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;...ta&lt;/span&gt; to the end of a word. (I will write the eclipse before word endings) So how would you say, “I will go?” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ahata&lt;/span&gt;. How about, “I will come?” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ajuta&lt;/span&gt;. “I will eat?” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ha’uta&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next ending is kind of like a past tense, but it really means more like “already.” The translation for that in Guarani is a verb ending of &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;...ma&lt;/span&gt;. So how would you say, “I’m coming already?” &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ajuma&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A lot of times, people combine &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ma&lt;/span&gt; and &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ta&lt;/span&gt; together, kind of like if you wanted to say, “I’m going to go already.” There’s kind of the future and the present tense there. “I’m going to go already” would be translated to &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ahatama&lt;/span&gt;. You hear that exact phrase a lot when people are just standing around and someone goes to leave.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now I’m going to give you one more ending, because it will help you get some sentences out. With all this coming and going, you’re going to want to say where. For this, you’re going to use the ending &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;...pe&lt;/span&gt;, to mean "at" or "to" or "in", and you would add it to the end of the place you’re talking about, not the verb. So "I’m going to Disneyland" would be &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ahata Disneylandiape&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Woo, ok, that’s just 10 words, believe it or not.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Now let’s practice. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;1. If someone asks where you’ll be spending Christmas, and you have plans to go to Brazil, what will you say?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ahata Brazilpe. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;2. Your friend calls and asks if you’d like to eat cake, but you currently have cake in your mouth and want to say, “I’m eating already.”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ha’umahina.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;3. We want to know who will make dessert for our sweet party and you want to offer, how would you say, I will make it.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ajapota.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;4. You attempt to make a joke in Guarani. After an awkward silence, you want to go. You stand up and say...what?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ahatama.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;5. You’re friends are going to eat ice cream and you love ice cream as much as the next guy. How do you say, “I’m going too!”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Che ahata avei.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;che: Me, my or I&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;japo: to do or make&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;aha: I go&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;aju: I come&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;ha’u: I eat&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;ha’e: I say&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;...hina: ...ing&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;...ma: already&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; ...ta: future tense&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; ...pe: to, at, in&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-6877098965447194683?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/6877098965447194683/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/08/episode-2-all-about-you.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/6877098965447194683'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/6877098965447194683'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/08/episode-2-all-about-you.html' title='Episode 2: All About You'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SoSLuUrmwzI/AAAAAAAAAzA/xewt9hVBsos/s72-c/Chin+man+2+to+upload.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2042798188978764292.post-3909744559626026067</id><published>2009-08-09T10:28:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-07-15T00:17:34.606-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Episode 1: Greetings</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href="http://www.esnips.com/doc/31933ab7-11b7-4190-87a1-7ce113867006/Guaranime-01---Mba%C3%AF%C2%BF%C2%BDichapa%21"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To Download Episode 1, click Here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SoSI7tg-9JI/AAAAAAAAAyw/72wz2mCHvmg/s1600-h/Chin+Man+1+to+upload.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 237px;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SoSI7tg-9JI/AAAAAAAAAyw/72wz2mCHvmg/s320/Chin+Man+1+to+upload.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5369567215144072338" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Greetings from Yataity, Paraguay. This is the first (notes for the) episode of a podcast I like to call Guaranime. In this podcast we will be learning how to speak Guaraní, the language of the beautiful country of Paraguay, where I am currently living as a Peace Corps Volunteer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I’m making this podcast as part of my service work, with future and current volunteers in mind, along with state department workers and any other english speakers who are crazy enough to take one the task of learning to speak like a crazy person.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before I arrived I hadn’t heard one word of Guaraní. I also did not know much Spanish, so the transition was pretty tough. I’m hoping people can benefit from this by learning a little Guaraní before they come down. Also, I’m learning Guarani through Spanish, I really wish I had someone to teach me in English. So that’s something I’m hoping to provide.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So here’s how this podcast going to go down: I’m going to try to make a podcast about every two weeks, if I can and if it’s not raining and the internet is working and I don’t feel like drinking terere in my hammock instead. That’s how we roll in Paraguay. I’m going to aim for 10 new words every podcast. After I give a new word, I’m going to pause so you can repeat it. At the end, I’m going to have a native speaker say the words during the review.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today we are going to talk about the idea of&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; jopara&lt;/span&gt; and I’m going to give you some greetings for vocabulary. Then we are going to talk a little about how words are made up in Guaraní.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I am still a student for sure. I’m just now at the point where I can have little conversations. To make sure all the information is accurate in the podcast, I’m going to have these lessons reviewed by a trainer who speaks English and Guaraní.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But here’s a caveat about Guaraní, as long as we’re talking about what’s right and what’s wrong. Guaraní is an oral language that varies from region to region. The Guaraní that I know is right on my street in Yataity in the region of Guairá. There may be variations in different areas, so the best way to learn is really to practice with the people where you live. You will know that you’ve got it wrong when people point and laugh at you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Nothing is more frustrating than when you study something and the first time you use it your friends say, “No one talks like that.” It may just be that people talk like that in Takuati, but not in Caazapa. So really, local public shame is going to be your best teacher.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here’s you’re first major lesson in how people speak, which is the idea of &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;jopara&lt;/span&gt;. In Paraguay, there is Guaraní and Spanish. When people say Guaraní Guaraní, they mean total Guaraní, which hardly anyone uses. More popular is&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; jopara&lt;/span&gt;, which means mixture, of Spanish and Guaraní. Sometimes you’ll learn the Guaraní word for something, and the first time you use it, someone will be like, Just use the Spanish and you’ll feel like a total dork. And you throw another flash card in the trash. Unfortunately the best way to learn is trial and error, so prepare yourself for a lot of error.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Now it’s time for those 10 vocab words&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s start with greetings, because when people stare at you, if you look as foreign as I do, you’re going to want something to break the awkward silence.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Just like in English, there are quite a few ways to say hello.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The most formal, for strangers or older folk, is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’éichapa&lt;/span&gt;. For people who are your age, or with whom you’re friendly, there is &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’etekoiko&lt;/span&gt;. And also &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e la pórte&lt;/span&gt;. For either one of these, your response is going to be &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;Ipora&lt;/span&gt;, which means you’re doing well.  You could also say &lt;span style="font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;"&gt;Tranquilopa&lt;/span&gt;, which means everything is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;tranquilo&lt;/span&gt; or chill. There you see a little of the &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;jopara&lt;/span&gt;, with the spanish &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;tranquilo&lt;/span&gt; and a Guaraní word ending, &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;pa&lt;/span&gt;, which we’ll get to later. (So my Guaraní tutor told me that when it's a jopara, in textbooks anything that is jopara is separated with a hyphen, like, tranquilo-pa, to emphasis that one is Spanish and the other Guaraní. But I think that's stupid and I've never seen it written that way in real life, so I will continue with the non-hyphenation school of thought on this one. I will not think different of you if you use the dash.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After someone says how are you and you say fine, it’s nice to say, “And you?” For that you’re going to say, &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha nde&lt;/span&gt;. Most likely, if all is well, they will say &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;Ipora avei&lt;/span&gt;. That &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;avei&lt;/span&gt; means “as well.” As in, "I’m good as well."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Other less formal greeting are &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha upei?&lt;/span&gt; which literally means, And then? In the street, boys and men passing each other yell out &lt;span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"&gt;Op! &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And for one last word, we’re going to say good-bye, for which you can use &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Jajotopata&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So, there you have it, 10 words to study this week in Guaraní. Now I’m going to have a little conversation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mba’e la porte&lt;br /&gt;Iporã, ha nde&lt;br /&gt;Iporã avei.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mba’etekoiko&lt;br /&gt;Tranquilopa.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mba’éichapa&lt;br /&gt;Iporã ha nde&lt;br /&gt;Iporã avei&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, if you’re brain is fried already, pause and take a tv break. If not, let’s go on to talk about how words are made up in Guaraní.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At the risk of sounding a little too elementary schoolish, we’re going to say words in Guaraní are like trains. In Guaraní, you can add different parts to a word, different train cars in front and in back like on a child’s toy train set. Each one changes the meaning.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s look at that long train that we just talked about, that word for good-bye:&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; jajotopata&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the middle there is the verb car,&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; topa&lt;/span&gt;, which means, to find.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ja&lt;/span&gt; sound which starts the word is the car that carries the message of who is doing the verb. &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ja&lt;/span&gt; means we do this verb. We find.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jo&lt;/span&gt; that comes after it, is the car that is reciprocal, meaning we’ll do it to each other. We find each other.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And finally, the caboose back there after&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; top&lt;/span&gt;a is &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ta&lt;/span&gt;, which is the car that means the future, that someone will do this verb in the future. We will find each other. Is the literal translation, kind of like a “see ya soon” in English.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Don’t worry too much about this now. But as we go on, you’ll start to be able to pick apart words, to see each car that makes up the train.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now let’s review!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;1. What would you say to an older woman who you’ve just met for the first time?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’&lt;/span&gt;é&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;ichapa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;2. How about someone with whom you are friends?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’etekoico&lt;/span&gt; or &lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Mba’e la porte&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;3. Someone says Mba’e la porte to you, and it’s a totally chill day, relaxing in the hammock. How are you going to respond?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Tranquilopa&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;4. How about just saying “I’m good”?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Iporã&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;5. Then how are you going to ask them, “and you”?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Ha nde&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;6. You ask someone how they are. They say Ipora, ha nde. How are you going to respond?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Iporã avei&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;7. You’re riding your bike fast down a hill and zoom past a friend. What’s the quickest greeting you can think of?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Op!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;8. You greet a buddy in the street and are about to go on your merry way. How do you say Goodbye?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;Jajotopata.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;That´s it! For more info on Paraguayan Peace Corps life, check out my blog at &lt;a href="http://peacecorpsparaguay.blogspot.com/"&gt;peacecorpsparaguay.blogspot.com&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Mba’éichapa&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Mba’etekoiko&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Mba’e la pórte&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Tranquilopa &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Ha nde&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Iporã&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Avei&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Ha upei?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Op!&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Jajotopata&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/2042798188978764292-3909744559626026067?l=letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/feeds/3909744559626026067/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/08/episode-1-greetings.html#comment-form' title='3 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/3909744559626026067'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2042798188978764292/posts/default/3909744559626026067'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://letstalkguaranime.blogspot.com/2009/08/episode-1-greetings.html' title='Episode 1: Greetings'/><author><name>Paulita</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/04456946837583192187</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://bp2.blogger.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SDc83x_iK7I/AAAAAAAAABU/DSh01a1rT3w/S220/Photo+2.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_4og5rb73z9U/SoSI7tg-9JI/AAAAAAAAAyw/72wz2mCHvmg/s72-c/Chin+Man+1+to+upload.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>3</thr:total></entry></feed>
